{"title":"Multipoint Locks","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"economy-compact-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-key-wind-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Economy Compact Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Key Wind Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the TSS Multipoint Door Lock – a robust and versatile solution for your security needs. This lock features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Rollers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Deadbolt\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for easy retrofitting, this economy 4 roller multipoint door lock is available with a 35mm backset, making it an ideal choice for various door types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey Wind Function\u003c\/strong\u003e: Effortlessly secure your door with a simple turn of the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Gearbox\u003c\/strong\u003e: At 195mm high, the gearbox is engineered for compatibility with most leading brands, ensuring a seamless replacement process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate\u003c\/strong\u003e: The 1800mm long faceplate minimizes the need for cutting, saving you valuable installation time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift Lever Option\u003c\/strong\u003e: Available in both 28mm and 35mm backsets (part numbers ECO4R28 and ECO4R35).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to throw and engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to \"unwind\" the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocate the rectangular cut-out on the gearbox and find the small pin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlign the pin with the hole on the opposite side of the lock case by pushing the latch halfway into the case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a pin punch or small screwdriver to push the pin out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the latch, reverse it, and re-insert it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRe-insert the pin to secure the latch in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock is suitable for both UPVC and aluminium doors, providing flexibility for various installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e: TSS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset\u003c\/strong\u003e: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ\u003c\/strong\u003e: 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate\u003c\/strong\u003e: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: 8mm\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox\u003c\/strong\u003e: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle\u003c\/strong\u003e: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding\u003c\/strong\u003e: Non-handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking\u003c\/strong\u003e: 665mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1605mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1800mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop Roller to Spindle\u003c\/strong\u003e: 745mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle\u003c\/strong\u003e: 860mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Material\u003c\/strong\u003e: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your door security with the TSS Multipoint Door Lock – where reliability meets convenience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TSS","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Key Wind","offer_id":43338952507481,"sku":"DF-ECO354RKW","price":109.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/ECO354RKW_1_2.jpg?v=1779430683"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-2-rollers-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-roller-to-spindle-730mm-shootbolt-compatible","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 2 Rollers Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock (top roller to spindle = 730mm) - Shootbolt Compatible","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis Avocet multipoint door lock is designed for durability and security, featuring a robust configuration that includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Rollers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Deadbolt\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecognized for its unique locking positions, this lock is often referred to as the yellow version. It's important to distinguish it from the silver AVO352H2RSS, which has different roller positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce removed from the door, Avocet multipoint locks are easily identifiable. The faceplates typically bear the Avocet logo, although older models may display the \"WMS\" logo. The uniquely shaped gearboxes feature a cut-out that extends below the latch, aiding in the identification of multipoint locks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginally, Avocet multipoint locks were available in various configurations, including hooks, rollers, and deadbolts. The earlier models were made from yellow passivated steel, giving them a distinctive brassy appearance. Recent iterations have transitioned to faceplates crafted from stainless steel or a Trivalent silver finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the locks evolved from yellow passivated to silver, many variations were phased out. Notable exceptions include the 2 roller and 2 mushroom lock, as well as a shorter version of the 3 deadbolt lock designed for caravans. If you need assistance finding suitable replacements for these locks, please reach out to us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome Avocet multipoint door locks also feature a \"sash lifter\" device, which was intended to ensure proper alignment between the sash and frame. However, since these devices are no longer available, we recommend replacing locks with the standard version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost Avocet locks are designed with a 35mm backset, while the Affinity Bastion lock is tailored for composite doors, featuring a 45mm backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough some original Avocet multipoint 4 roller door locks have a single spindle and lift lever functionality, all current models are available only in a double spindle nightlatch configuration. The centres are positioned at 62mm and 92mm, but if nightlatch functionality is unnecessary, the lock can still function as a lift lever version using the top spindle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLocks designed for PVCu with a flat 16mm faceplate can accommodate shootbolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvocet gearboxes measure 218mm high plus the backset (add 15mm). The large cut-out in the top corner, extending below the latch, is a distinctive feature that aids in handle fitment, as the screws are positioned above the lever.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gearboxes include a latch measuring 29mm high and a deadbolt at 34mm high, with an 82mm distance between the top of the deadbolt and the bottom of the latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese gearboxes are secured to the strip using arms connected by circlips, rather than conventional screws or rivets. While it is possible to remove a gearbox from a complete Avocet lock, we recommend replacing the entire unit. Note that the design of the arms has evolved; older gearboxes feature a flat clip, while newer versions have a slightly curved connecting arm, making swaps between old and new versions impossible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen measuring the backset, remember to allow 2-3mm for the faceplate. Thus, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure 32mm when not attached to the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvocet hooks operate in opposing directions, with the top hook moving upwards and the bottom hook downwards. Hook boxes are 123mm high, and doors typically prepared to 150mm will accommodate the hook case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvocet deadbolts feature a 20mm throw made from nickel-plated brass, with a distinctive chamfered design that contrasts with the square design of Avocet hook cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRollers, also made from nickel-plated brass, serve to compress and pull the door against the frame, helping to prevent dust and water ingress. While they do not significantly enhance security, they assist in preventing door warping by providing support across the full height, contingent on the rollers being engaged in their keeps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation: Double Spindle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo lock the door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to lock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo unlock the door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e BSEN1670:2007 Grade 4\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTested to:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100,000 cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a range of associated products for Avocet multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Depending on the date of manufacture, either:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUndo the hexagonal screw on the side of the lock case to remove the latch. Reverse, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOr undo the screw in the center of the latch, reverse, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock can be utilized as an UPVC door lock or an aluminium door lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\" id=\"shortdescription\" data-role=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content-data-simplebar\" data-simplebar=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product attribute description\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"value\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure you have all the necessary information for your Avocet multipoint door lock, here’s a detailed guide on how to measure the key specifications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door and locate the edge where the lock is installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is your backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), do the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis distance is typically 92mm or 62mm, depending on your lock configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, you should:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the lock from the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure to check the thickness as well, as this can vary between models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe operation of the lock can vary based on the model. Typically, it involves:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngaging the latch by closing the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifting the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurning the key to secure the lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolts:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1245mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1555mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop Hook to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 580mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 665mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop Roller to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 825mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have any further questions or need assistance with your specific lock model, feel free to reach out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Avocet","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43339010179161,"sku":"DF-AVO352HB","price":78.92,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AVO352HB_1_4.jpg?v=1779431777"},{"product_id":"economy-compact-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Economy Compact Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the TSS Multipoint Door Lock, designed for enhanced security and ease of use. This robust locking system features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 Rollers\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensures a tight seal and increased resistance against forced entry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Deadbolt\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides an additional layer of security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e: Facilitates smooth operation for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift the Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e: Raise the handle upwards to engage all locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure the Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e: Turn the key to lock the locking points and the main deadbolt (if applicable).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnlock the System\u003c\/strong\u003e: Turn the key to disengage the locking mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisengage the Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e: Push the handle downwards to retract the latch and release the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis multipoint door lock is versatile and can be utilized in various door types, including UPVC and aluminum doors, making it an ideal choice for both residential and commercial properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: TSS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 665mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1605mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1800mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 745mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 860mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure a perfect fit for your TSS Multipoint Door Lock, follow these simple measuring guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement: \u003c\/strong\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for proper installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement: \u003c\/strong\u003eFor the Centres PZ, measure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This ensures that both components align correctly for smooth operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement: \u003c\/strong\u003eTo measure the faceplate, determine the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door. This will help you select the correct size from the drop-down options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these guidelines, you can ensure that your TSS Multipoint Door Lock is installed correctly and functions optimally.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TSS","offers":[{"title":"28mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43338967318617,"sku":"DF-ECO4R28","price":24.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43338967351385,"sku":"DF-ECO4R35","price":24.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43338967384153,"sku":"DF-ECO4R45","price":24.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/ECO4R35_1_2.avif?v=1779432594"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-2-rollers-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-roller-to-spindle-675mm-shootbolt-compatible","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 2 Rollers Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock (top roller to spindle = 675mm) - Shootbolt Compatible","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Avocet 2 Hook, 2 Roller multipoint door lock combines security with weatherproofing in a single unit. This silver-finish lock features 2 rollers for compression and dust prevention, 2 opposing hooks for robust locking, 1 deadbolt with 20mm throw, and 1 latch, all operating through a double spindle nightlatch configuration. Designed for PVCu doors with a flat 16mm faceplate, this lock is shootbolt compatible and measures 35mm backset. The distinctive gearbox design—featuring a unique cut-out extending below the latch—makes identification straightforward. Rollers engage into keeps to support door height and prevent warping, while the deadbolt and hooks provide multi-point security at 62mm and 92mm centres. Easily recognisable by the Avocet logo stamped on the faceplate, this lock represents the modern silver version of the original yellow passivated design. Ideal for composite and PVCu doors requiring reliable multipoint locking with integrated weatherproofing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation: Double Spindle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo lock the door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn closing the door, the latch is automatically engaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLift the handle up to engage the locking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo unlock the door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e BSEN1670:2007 Grade 4\u003cbr\u003eTested to 100,000 cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe stock a range of associated products for Avocet multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories. This ensures that you have everything you need for a complete and secure installation, enhancing the overall functionality and longevity of your locking system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Avocet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\/62mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaceplate: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperation: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1245mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1435mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 580mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 665mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 675mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Avocet multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis distance is your backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance between the centers of the keyhole and the handle hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis will give you the PZ measurement (92mm or 62mm).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and length of the existing faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure to check the thickness to select the correct option from the drop-down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these steps, you can ensure that your lock installation is precise and secure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Avocet","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43339509596249,"sku":"DF-AVO352H2RSS","price":70.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AVO352H2RSS_1_3.avif?v=1779439476"},{"product_id":"cobra-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-multipoint-door-lock-option-1","title":"Cobra Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Multipoint Door Lock - Option 1","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Winkhaus Cobra Multi-point Door Locking System, a reliable choice for enhanced security and versatility in your door installations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis classic 2 hook design features a robust central deadbolt and a generous distance of 1490mm between hooks, ensuring a secure fit for various door types. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cobra system is engineered for compatibility with PVCu, Aluminium, Composite, and Timber doors, making it a preferred option across diverse applications. Its interchangeable components allow for easy upgrades and modifications to meet specific user needs, providing flexibility in design and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor those utilizing a lift lever lock, ensure to pair this system with a solid spindle for optimal performance. The faceplate may be marked STV-F2070, ensuring you have the right fit for your installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation is straightforward, with options for lift lever or split spindle nightlatch. Should you need to reverse the latch, simply push in the latch to reveal a screw at the back of the lock case. Undo the screw to remove the latch, reverse it, reinsert, and secure with the screw for seamless operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your door security with the Winkhaus Cobra Multi-point Locking System, designed for durability and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Winkhaus Cobra Multi-point Door Locking System is designed with precise specifications to ensure optimal performance and security. Here are the detailed product specifications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 185mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 18mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2100mm (flat ends)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1770mm (round ends)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Hooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1490mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications highlight the system's adaptability and compatibility with various door types, ensuring a secure and reliable installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Winkhaus","offers":[{"title":"28mm \/ Single 8mm","offer_id":43339784290393,"sku":"DF-1607600","price":189.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ Split 8mm","offer_id":43339784323161,"sku":"DF-1504000","price":134.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Split 8mm","offer_id":43339784355929,"sku":"DF-WKCOB2H45F16","price":134.67,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"55mm \/ Split 8mm","offer_id":43339784388697,"sku":"DF-2413351","price":242.47,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/1607600_1_f6745070-7100-4c46-a74c-a07299f3035d.jpg?v=1779440564"},{"product_id":"mantis-1-latch-3-hooks-2-deadbolts-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Mantis 1 Latch 3 Hooks 2 Deadbolts Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Millenco Mantis 1 Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Millenco Mantis 1 multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security, featuring a robust configuration of 3 hooks, 2 deadbolts, and 1 latch. This lock is a reliable choice for both residential and commercial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Gearbox Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Mantis 1 lock boasts a distinctive gearbox with 86\/117mm centres, ensuring compatibility with specific door types. Note that older versions may lack markings on the faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Variants:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in three configurations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 hooks and 2 deadbolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 hooks and 2 deadbolts with 2 rollers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 roller version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassive lock version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for timber, composite, and UPVC doors. Older locks with cover plates (24mm or 44mm wide) can be reused with this product, allowing for seamless installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification and Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentifying a Millenco Mantis 1 lock is straightforward due to its unique double spindle design and specific centre measurements. Ensure you have the correct lock by checking for these features, especially since earlier models may not have branding on the faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double spindle for lift lever or nightlatch operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 260mm high by 53mm wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook Bolt:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45mm high with a latch measuring 23mm high and projecting 11mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepair and Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the faceplate can be unscrewed, the Mantis 1 gearbox is not interchangeable due to its connection with the linkage rail. However, repair parts are available for existing gearboxes, ensuring longevity and continued performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Millenco Mantis 1 multipoint door lock is a top-tier choice for those seeking security and reliability. With its unique features and compatibility options, it stands out in the market, making it an excellent investment for safeguarding your property.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Millenco\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: Select from drop-down - How do I measure the backset?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 117mm\/86mm - How do I measure the centres?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFaceplate: Select from drop-down - How do I measure the faceplate?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHooks: 3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeadbolts: 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Select from drop-down - What is the operation?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1290mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1300mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 610mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 680mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate installation and compatibility, follow these measuring guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis distance is your backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance between the centers of the keyhole and the handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a ruler or tape measure for precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and length of the existing faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure to check for any additional features or cutouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Types:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engages automatically when the door is closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Requires a key or thumb turn to secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these guidelines, you can ensure that your Millenco Mantis 1 lock is installed correctly and functions optimally.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Millenco","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43340193431641,"sku":"DF-MILLENCO","price":212.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/MILLENCO_1.jpg?v=1779441924"},{"product_id":"europa-compact-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Europa Compact Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003eGU Europa multipoint door lock is a great choice for your door security. Strong design with 4 rollers, 1 deadbolt and 1 latch for secure closure and easy use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a shorter version of the popular 4 roller lock from GU. At 1765mm long it is a cost effective solution without sacrificing quality. The GU range is marketed as \"SECURY\" and includes the \"Europa\" series in both lift lever and split spindle operated versions. Its versatility makes it applicable in a wide range of door types and manufacturing processes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe logo stamped on the faceplate makes the GU locks easy to identify. If you have an older door, know that it might have the original style lock, which is different from the newer types. GU has come a long way with their multipoint locks over the years, and if you need to replace one, it’s fairly easy to upgrade to the new version. You might need to do some adjusting to get the new lock to match existing keeps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGU locks are manufactured with a variety of locking mechanisms including: hooks, deadbolts and rollers. Roller configurations may vary, so be sure to look at the product descriptions for exact measurements. This attention to detail helps you pick the lock that is right for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSince its debut at the Deubau Trade Fair in 1979, the multi-point locking system GU-SECURY has been the benchmark in door security. Innovations such as the self-locking multi-point system have been introduced with the GU lock evolution, enhancing security and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou should also consider the existence of new style GU gearboxes in each operation and backset to fit various door configurations. The new gearboxes will be different in shape to the old ones , with a vertical groove . The new gearboxes will only fit the style of gearbox they are designed for .\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGU multipoint lock gearboxes are manufactured to be durable and efficient and are made with exact measurements to ensure the perfect fit. The design has security features such as chamfered deadbolts which improve compression and rollers which helps with weather sealing and prevents door warping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn conclusion, the GU Europa multipoint door lock is a great investment for anyone wanting to improve their door security with a dependable, adaptable and contemporary locking system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"title\" id=\"tab-label-shortdescription\" style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\" id=\"shortdescription\" data-role=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content-data-simplebar\" data-simplebar=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product attribute description\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"value\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduced by GU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: Choose from drop down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePZ Centers: 92 mm PZ Centers: 92 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaceplate: Choose from drop down Faceplate: Choose from drop down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDead Bolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch and Deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect from dropdown Operation Select from dropdown Operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: 1 x 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon handed Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eINNER LOCKING DISTANCE: 670 MM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOuter locking distance 1610mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight 1765 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle 749 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle 861mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial of Door UPVC, Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43340671287385,"sku":"DF-GUCOMP4R35","price":46.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/GUCOMP4R35_1.jpg?v=1779443336"},{"product_id":"cobra-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-multipoint-door-lock-20mm-faceplate","title":"Cobra Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Multipoint Door Lock - 20mm Faceplate","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis Winkhaus Scorpion multipoint door lock features 2 Rollers, 3 Hooks \u0026amp; 1 Latch.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned with a central latch and deadbolt, the Cobra lock stands out with its additional \"Cobra\" hook locking points, available in configurations of 2 or more. This multipoint locking system ensures that your door is securely fastened at multiple points, making it significantly harder for intruders to gain access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the key features of the Winkhaus Cobra is its versatility. It can be operated through various mechanisms, including lift lever operation, split spindle, or key wind. This adaptability allows homeowners to choose the locking method that best suits their needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cobra locks are particularly noted for their locking distances, typically measuring 1490mm between the external hooks. This specification has gained popularity among manufacturers, leading to widespread adoption in the market. Additionally, the Cobra's non-handed design simplifies installation and replacement, making it a practical choice for any door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor enhanced security, the Cobra lock can be equipped with the Entryguard function, which operates similarly to a door chain but offers greater protection. This feature allows the door to be secured while still permitting limited access, providing peace of mind for homeowners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother innovative option is the FA lockout cylinder double function, which incorporates two locking cylinders. This design allows for double deadlocking, preventing unauthorized exit from the property, even if an intruder gains access through another entry point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWinkhaus locks are designed for easy upgrades and modifications. All models share the same routing details, making it straightforward to change locking operations or upgrade to automatic locking systems. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gearboxes of Winkhaus locks are compact, measuring 185mm high with a backset of +15mm, making them some of the smallest on the market. This compact design does not compromise on strength, as the locks feature solid steel Cobra hooks that provide a 25mm throw, ensuring maximum security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn summary, the Winkhaus Cobra multipoint door lock is an excellent investment for anyone looking to enhance their home security. Its combination of innovative features, robust design, and ease of use makes it a top choice for homeowners and professionals alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure you have all the necessary information for your Winkhaus Cobra multipoint door lock, here’s a detailed guide on how to measure the key specifications:\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"title\" id=\"tab-label-shortdescription\" style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content\" id=\"shortdescription\" data-role=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"content-data-simplebar\" data-simplebar=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product attribute description\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"value\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Winkhaus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: Choose from drop down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaceplate: Select from drop down menu\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Rollers: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox Latch and hookbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperation: Choose from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplit Spindle 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon handed Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner locked distance: 1390mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOuter Locking Distance: 1580 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight 2105 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop hook to spindle 690 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 700 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e785mm Top Roller to Spindle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle 795 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial of Door UPVC, Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Winkhaus","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Single 8mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 20mm - Round Ends","offer_id":43345593368665,"sku":"DF-1607830","price":192.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ Split 8mm - Split Spindle \/ Flat 20mm - Round Ends","offer_id":43345593401433,"sku":"DF-4933043","price":189.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ Split 8mm - Split Spindle \/ Flat 20mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43345593434201,"sku":"DF-4952529","price":192.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Single 8mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 20mm - Round Ends","offer_id":43345593466969,"sku":"DF-2949501","price":192.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Split 8mm - Split Spindle \/ Flat 20mm - Round Ends","offer_id":43345593499737,"sku":"DF-29490268","price":152.32,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Split 8mm - Split Spindle \/ Flat 20mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43345593532505,"sku":"DF-1504737","price":151.32,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"55mm \/ Split 8mm - Split Spindle \/ Flat 20mm - Round Ends","offer_id":43345593565273,"sku":"DF-2949172","price":157.07,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/4933043_1.avif?v=1779509238"},{"product_id":"scorpion-latch-3-hooks-2-rollers-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-option-2-top-hook-to-spindle-690mm","title":"Scorpion Latch 3 Hooks 2 Rollers Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock - Option 2 (top hook to spindle = 690mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis Winkhaus Scorpion multipoint door lock features 2 Rollers, 3 Hooks \u0026amp; 1 Latch.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Scorpion model is identifiable by its central latch and hook bolt, while other Winkhaus multipoint locks generally use a central deadbolt or latch. This lock is particularly suited to uPVC doors and can be fitted with either 2 hooks or rollers depending on your weather sealing and compression needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe faceplate of the Scorpion lock features the Winkhaus logo and the Secured by Design badge for easy identification. This particular model is distinguished by the central hook bolt and non-handed hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA benefit of Winkhaus locks is that the routing detail is consistent throughout the range. So if you decide to change the locking operation or upgrade to automatic locking, it’s a simple process, though you may need new keys and handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWinkhaus gearboxes are small, with the exception of the AV4, and measure 185mm high with a backset of +15mm. They are the smallest gearboxes available on the market with exact dimensions for easy installation and compatibility with many handle designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn contrast Winkhaus Cobra locks have a latch and deadbolt in the gearbox and come in different modes of operation, like lift lever, split spindle and key wind. The color-coded stickers on the side of the gearbox help to identify the type of lock, blue for lift lever, green for split spindle and red for key wind. The split spindle option is especially versatile, and is capable of lever operation by passing a solid spindle through the follower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWinkhaus gearboxes are riveted to the faceplate and are therefore easy to identify and replace. For those working with older models, note that some may have screws and a passivated yellow finish, with operation indicated by the color of the sticker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCobra locks incorporate solid steel 25mm throw hooks for high security, engaging fully with the keep rail to provide superior resistance to forced entry. Cobra hooks are designed to throw down whereas Scorpion locks can throw in multiple directions, making them a secure fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRollers play a critical role in compression, they seal the door to the frame and keep out dust and water. They help with the overall durability of the door ( when properly engaged , they prevent warping ) , but they do n't add a ton to security . Adjustable 1mm rollers for optimum weather sealing to ensure your door stays functional and secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMission: Split Spindle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo lock the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1. Raise the handle to lock the points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2. Turn the key to lock the main deadbolt (if present) and the locking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo open the door\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1. Turn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2. Push down the handle to release the locking points and pull back the latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure By Design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTested to 100,000 cycles”\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe stock a variety of associated products for Winkhaus Scorpion multi point door locks including keeps, spindles, handles and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLatch Reversal Push in the latch and a screw will appear in the back of the lock case. Unscrew the catch. Replace the screw , reinserting it in reverse .\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eProduct Specification.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Winkhaus\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePZ Centres: 92mm \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Size: 8 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of Rollers: 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHooks: 3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLatch: 1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; hook bolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSplit Spindle 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanded: Non-handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInner locked distance: 1390mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOuter Locking Distance: 1580 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight 2105 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop hook to spindle 690 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 700 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e785mm Top Roller to Spindle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle 795 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial of Door UPVC, Aluminum\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure to follow the guidelines for each specification for precise measurements. This will help in selecting the correct components for your Winkhaus Scorpion multipoint door lock installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Winkhaus","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43345736073305,"sku":"DF-2398251","price":157.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/2398251_1.jpg?v=1779512650"},{"product_id":"1-latch-3-hooks-2-deadbolts-2-rollers-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"1 Latch 3 Hooks 2 Deadbolts 2 Rollers Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Millenco Mantis 1 multipoint door lock is a robust and versatile locking solution for all types of door including timber, composite, UPVC and aluminum doors. Its special configuration comprises 2 Rollers, 3 Hooks, 2 Deadbolts and 1 Latch, which guarantees higher security and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mantis 1 lock is easily identifiable by its unique gearbox with 86\/117 mm centers. Older versions don't have markings on the faceplate, so check carefully to see if it is authentic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mantis 1 is offered in three flavors to address different security needs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 deadbolts and 3 hooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Hooks and 2 Deadbolts 2 Rollers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA 4 roller version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is a passive lock version, too, but none of the historic models with different hook and deadbolt placements are manufactured anymore. In some instances this may involve repositioning the keeps and lock positions when fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want to replace your locks, the Mantis 1 is flexible and can use cover plates that can be reused from previous installations. The linkage plate behind the cover makes swapping out the faceplate a breeze, though you may need to trim some.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Mantis 1 gearboxes are for double spindle applications with a standard backset of 35mm. These gearboxes are some of the largest available and are 260mm high by 53mm wide. They feature a central hook bolt and latch for optimum performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe faceplate can be unscrewed but it is important to note that the gearbox cannot be changed as it is linked to the linkage rail. But now there are replacement parts for those who want to keep their existing gearboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rollers are part of the locking mechanism. They compress the door tightly to the frame and keep dust and water out. They also contribute to maintaining the structural integrity of the door, providing they are properly engaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo operate, just follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door and the latch will engage automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to set the lock points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo lock the system, turn the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo open the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key and unlock the system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo disengage the locking points, push down on the handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will pull the latch back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe have a full range of associated products for the Millenco Mantis 1 including keeps, spindles, handles and accessories so you will be sure to have everything you need for a complete installation or replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor latch reversal just take out the screws in the latch, turn it around and put the screws back in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSo whether you’re upgrading security or simply replacing an old lock, the Millenco Mantis 1 multipoint door lock is a reliable option that marries functionality with peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eProduct Specification.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured By: Millenco\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: Choose from drop-down. How do I measure the backset?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 117mm\/86mm - How do I measure the centres?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFaceplate: Select from dropdown. How do I take the faceplate measurement?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Size: 8 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of Rollers: 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHooks: 3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeadbolt. 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLatch: 1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch and Deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation Select from drop down Which operation is it?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: 8mm Double\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanded: Non-handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking 1290mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking 1605mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight 2200 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 620 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance from Bottom Hook to Spindle: 680mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom Top Roller To Spindle: 775mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 830mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial of Door UPVC, Aluminum\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHere are some tips to help make sure your measurements are correct:\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Millenco","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43345747181657,"sku":"DF-MA51115A","price":225.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/MA51115A_1_06059700-b83e-4504-9782-ffb09c746ed1.avif?v=1779513723"},{"product_id":"latch-4-rollers-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Latch 4 Rollers Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003eGU Ferco Standard Multipoint Door Lock is a reliable locking device for UPVC and aluminium doors. It is a unique device consisting of 4 rollers and 1 latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock is from the GU group of companies and is easily recognizable due to it's 70mm PZ centres. It has a latch-only system with no deadbolt in the central gearbox. It has been a popular option for many years, but despite contemporary security standards, there is a huge demand for replacements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnique Gearbox Construction: Ferco gearboxes are unique in the market with only a latch and a PZ of 70mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid Spindle This lock has a solid spindle and works with a standard lift lever function. Please note: the spindle size is 7mm, a little smaller than the standard 8mm so please check compatibility with your handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller Function The rollers push the door against the frame which helps with weather sealing and prevents warping. They are adjustable +\/- 1mm for best performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eINSTRUCTIONS Operate:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle up and secure it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to lock the locking points and the main deadbolt (if used).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo Open the Door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key and unlock the system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo release the locking points, press the handle down and lift the latch back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eKey Product Features:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: GU Ferco\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: Choose from drop-down options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePZ Centres: 70mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaceplate: Choose from drop down options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 7mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperation: Choose from drop-down menu\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: One 7mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanded: Non-handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner locking between distance: 446 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between outer locking:1405mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight 2200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoller Top to Spindle: 720 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle 685mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial of Door UPVC, Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe also carry a large selection of associated products for the GU Ferco Standard multipoint door locks such as keeps, spindles, handles and accessories so you have everything you need for installation or replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU Ferco","offers":[{"title":"28mm \/ Single 7mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43345856135257,"sku":"DF-G1376522","price":91.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ Single 7mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43345856168025,"sku":"DF-G13764","price":105.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/G1376522_1.jpg?v=1779514711"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-small-hooks-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-20mm-faceplate-option-3-top-hook-to-spindle-680mm","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Small Hooks Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock - 20mm Faceplate - Option 3 (top hook to spindle = 680mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis ERA Deadbolt multipoint door lock features 2 Hooks, 1 Deadbolt \u0026amp; 1 Latch.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn ERA Multipoint lock is readily identifiable, but be aware of the pitfalls. ERA manufacture locks for a lot of door and window manufacturers and this can lead to rebranding which conceals the original manufacturer. Some faceplates will bear the ERA logo but some will have Surelock, Saracen, Spartan or other brand names on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLook for the holdback snib on the faceplate . This is usually grey for deadbolt and hook bolt locks , and blue for Vectis locks . Some of the rebranded ones may come in different colors such as black or green.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s worth noting that ERA locks are sometimes referred to as Saracen, for their history in the double glazing industry. Most latch and deadbolt installations use a split spindle system, which makes replacements easier because you are only dealing with one locking function. SureFire locks are an exception.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend removing the multipoint lock from the door to correctly identify it, especially if the brand is not known. ERA gearboxes are unique, having a square shape with no cutouts in the corners, 221 mm long and width as per the backset plus 18 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll ERA gearboxes are the same size so you can get backsets of 30mm, 35mm or 45mm. They can fit a range of locks, including traditional deadbolts and hook bolts, with the British Standard Fortress invincible gearbox adding extra security features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost of the ERA gearboxes are interchangeable and can be tailored to client requirements. The gearboxes have a 24mm high latch, a 30mm high deadbolt and specific screw sizes for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eERA multipoint locks feature two hook arrangements; a standard hook for tight spaces and a larger steel hook for security purposes. Both hooks work bi-directional, giving extra security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe linear bolt, as ERA calls its deadbolt, has an 18mm throw and pulls the door tight against the frame. These locks are commonly used on timber and composite doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eINSTRUCTIONS Operate:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to set the lock points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLock the locking points and the main deadbolt with the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo open the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert key, unlock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrop the handle to release the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Lock has been corrosion resistant to BS EN 1670:2007 Grade 4 and endurance tested to 50,000 cycles for long lasting performance. It is designed to meet the security standards PAS24:2012.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe also offer a selection of associated products for the ERA Deadbolt multipoint door locks such as keeps, spindles, handles and accessories, providing you with a complete solution for your locking needs. The ERA multipoint lock is known for its quality and security features whether it is used on UPVC, aluminium, timber or composite doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: ERA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: Choose from drop down\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePZ Centers: 92 mm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2 Hints:\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDead Bolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch and Deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplit spindle 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanded: Non-handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner locking distance: 1380 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight 2100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop hook to spindle 680 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 700 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial of Door: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 20mm - Round Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43345905221721,"sku":"534581L","price":78.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 20mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43345905254489,"sku":"534580L","price":224.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/534581L_1.avif?v=1779515363"},{"product_id":"europa-latch-deadbolt-2-tongue-hooks-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Europa Latch Deadbolt 2 Tongue Hooks Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp data-pm-slice=\"0 0 []\"\u003eThe GU Europa multipoint locking system is a robust and versatile solution, designed to enhance the security of various door types. With its configuration of 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch, it provides multiple points of engagement, ensuring a secure closure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU range, known as \"SECURY,\" includes the Europa series, which is available in both lift-lever and split-spindle operations. This flexibility allows for seamless integration into different door designs, making it a popular choice among manufacturers and installers. It's important to note that some suppliers may refer to these locks as \"Ferco\" or \"GU Ferco,\" reflecting their historical naming conventions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentifying a GU lock is straightforward, as the GU logo is stamped on the faceplate. If you're dealing with an older door, you might encounter the original-style lock, which differs from the updated versions introduced over a decade ago. If repairs are needed, you may be able to replace the gearbox for older models, but for a complete replacement, transitioning to the new style is often recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing locks, be mindful of the alignment of the locking points. While most will line up, adjustments may be necessary, especially if the new deadbolts are thicker than the originals. In such cases, updating the keeps is advisable to ensure compatibility with the new locking mechanisms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGU's Europa locks come equipped with various locking features, including hooks, deadbolts, and rollers. The configuration of rollers can vary, so it's essential to verify product descriptions for accurate measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSince its introduction at the Deubau Trade Fair in 1979, GU has continued to innovate, developing self-locking systems and expanding its range of gearboxes. New style GU locks are available in multiple backsets and operations, providing a wide selection to meet diverse security needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen measuring for installation, remember to account for the faceplate and allow for a 2mm margin on the backset. The GU multipoint lock gearboxes are designed for durability and ease of installation, featuring specific screw placements for secure attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn summary, the GU Europa multipoint door lock is an excellent choice for enhancing door security across various materials, including UPVC, aluminum, timber, and composite doors. With a range of associated products available, you can ensure a comprehensive solution for your locking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa multipoint locking system is designed for ease of use and reliability, making it suitable for various applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen operating the lift lever mechanism, it's essential to follow these steps for optimal performance:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLift the Handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raise the handle upwards to engage all locking points effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure the Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the key to lock the locking points and the main deadbolt (if applicable) for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnlock the System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Begin by turning the key to disengage the locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisengage the Locking Points:\u003c\/strong\u003e Push the handle downwards to retract the latch and release the locking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn addition to the locks themselves, we offer a comprehensive selection of associated products tailored for the GU Europa multipoint door locks. This includes keeps, spindles, handles, and various accessories to ensure you have everything needed for a complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe versatility of the GU Europa lock makes it an excellent choice for different door types, including UPVC, aluminum, timber, and composite doors, ensuring that you can find the right solution for your specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your GU Europa multipoint locking system, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/835850256?share=copy\" href=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/835850256?share=copy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDefinition\u003c\/strong\u003e: The backset is the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use a tape measure to find the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the hole where the lock will be installed. This measurement is crucial for ensuring that the lock aligns properly with the door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"How do I measure the centres?\" href=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/835850350?share=copy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHow do I measure the centers?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDefinition\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PZ measurement is the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. For GU locks, this is typically 92mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"How do I measure the faceplate?\" href=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/850947101?share=copy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHow do I measure the faceplate?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDefinition\u003c\/strong\u003e: The faceplate is the metal strip that covers the edge of the door where the lock is installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measure the width and length of the existing faceplate or the area where the new faceplate will be fitted. Be sure to check for any specific cutouts or shapes that may be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/835851712?share=copy\" title=\"What is the operation?\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these measurement guidelines, you can ensure a proper fit for your GU Europa multipoint locking system, enhancing both security and functionality. If you have any further questions or need assistance with the installation process, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"40mm \/ Single 8mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43346029740121,"sku":"DF-G1622722","price":97.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Single 8mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43346029772889,"sku":"DF-G1623022","price":96.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/G1622722_1.jpg?v=1779518397"},{"product_id":"europa-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Europa Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003eGU Europa Multipoint Door Lock The GU Europa multipoint door lock is a strong and reliable choice for your doors with 4 rollers, 1 deadbolt and 1 latch for security and function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU line, named \"SECURY,\" includes the Europa series, available in lever and split-spindle versions. The locks have different locking points and are designed to be compatible for making doors. Some suppliers will still call GU locks “Ferco” or “GU Ferco” but this is just an old naming convention. At Duffells we use the modern terminology, calling 92mm PZ locks ‘GU’ and older 70mm PZ locks ‘Ferco’.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA GU lock is easy to identify, since the GU logo is stamped on the faceplate. But if your door is older, you might find the original style lock, which is different from the newer ones that came out over a decade ago. If you have an old style lock case (with cut-out top corner) you may be able to get it repaired by using a replacement gearbox. If you need a full lock replacement and want to change from an old GU multipoint lock to a new one, this is an option. You may need to adjust the centre deadbolt and latch keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost locking point positions should line up but some adjustments may be required. Older GU locks had thinner deadbolts than current locks. If you are replacing old locks but keeping the existing keeps, realize that new deadbolts are often thicker and may not fit properly. We recommend updating the keeps to be compatible with the new locking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe locks in GU’s Europa range include hooks, deadbolts and rollers and, depending on the size, configurations may vary. See product specs in description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU-SECURY multi-point locking system has been developed continuously since its presentation at the Deubau Trade Fair in 1979, for example with the self-locking multi-point locking system that was launched in 1996.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew style GU gearboxes provide a wide selection of operations and backsets. They come in 28mm, 35mm, 40mm, 45mm and 55mm for lift lever functions and 35mm and 45mm for split spindle functions. The Europa Plus fast-locking function is only available on a 35mm backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can tell the difference between old and new style GU locks by the shape at the top of the gearbox, old styles have a cut out corner and new styles have a vertical groove. The two styles don’t mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGU multipoint lock gearboxes are 191mm in height (not including the fixing lugs) and are designed with a latch and deadbolt. The latch is 32mm high. The deadbolt is 35mm high. From the bottom of the latch to the top of the deadbolt is 54mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gearbox is held to the faceplate by three screws and with specific measurements for screw placement. Always measure your backset with the faceplate on and leave a margin of 2mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe other locking deadbolts GU has are called “MR” and they have extra security to prevent sawing or forced entry. The deadbolts have a beveled design that helps pull the door closer to the frame for a tight fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRollers play a critical role in compression, they seal the door to the frame and keep out dust and water. They are primarily used as door supports and prevent warping but their keeps must be properly engaged for optimal performance. Rollers are usually adjustable +\/- 1mm to allow for the best weather sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo keep your GU Europa multipoint door lock working at its best and lasting longer, follow these maintenance tips:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegular Lubrication: Use a silicone-based lubricant on the locking mechanism and moving parts at least annually to prevent rust and maintain smooth operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck Alignment Periodically check the door and frame alignment. Misalignment may lead to wear on the locking points and affect the lock functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the Lock Clean: Be sure the lock is free of dust and dirt. Use a soft cloth for the outside, and a small brush to get around the keyhole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect for Wear: Regularly inspect the lock components for any signs of wear or damage. I see issues, please change the affected parts immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocking Mechanism Test: Periodically test the locking mechanism to ensure it is engaging and releasing smoothly. If you feel resistance, it might be necessary to lubricate or adjust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese maintenance practices will help you improve the security and longevity of your GU Europa multipoint door lock and ensure its continued efficient operation for many years to come.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo make sure you have all the information you need for your GU Europa multipoint door lock, here is a detailed guide on how to measure the key specifications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\" id=\"tab-label-shortdescription\" class=\"title\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-role=\"content\" id=\"shortdescription\" class=\"content\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-simplebar=\"\" class=\"content-data-simplebar\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product attribute description\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"value\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: GU\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePZ Centers: 92 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDead Bolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch and Deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: 1 x 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon handed Handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eINNER LOCKING DISTANCE: 670 MM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOuter locking distance 1610mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2285mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle 749 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle 861mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial of Door UPVC, Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"28mm \/ Single 8mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43346035212377,"sku":"DF-G1626222","price":56.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ Single 8mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43346035245145,"sku":"DF-G1515522","price":46.35,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"40mm \/ Single 8mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43346035277913,"sku":"DF-63215803","price":65.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Single 8mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43346035310681,"sku":"DF-63258002","price":68.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"55mm \/ Single 8mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43346035343449,"sku":"DF-63215805","price":86.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/G1626222_1.jpg?v=1779518903"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-2-rollers-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-640mm","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 2 Rollers Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock (top hook to spindle = 640mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003eAvantis multipoint door lock – the tough and innovative solution to increase home security. It is one of the most dependable and efficient locks on the market featuring a unique configuration of 2 Rollers, 2 Hooks, 1 Deadbolt and 1 Latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Avantis 650 Series Residential lock is distinguished by its unique latch and deadbolt configuration. Notably, Avantis locks have the biggest hooks on the market at 25mm, which significantly boosts their security performance. This standard version is also available in a narrow locking position variant for a wider range of installation requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvantis locks are designed specifically for the UK residential door market with a 25mm throw and a direct drive deadbolt in the main gear box. This is a huge advantage over many competitors whose gearbox deadbolts usually only extend 20mm. The Avantis deadbolt also features a unique design with 5 grooves and a chamfered edge that provides additional compression and overall security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatibility is also a strong point, as 16mm faceplate locks can sit comfortably with shootbolts which give further locking options. Founded in 2006, Avantis has been fast building a reputation in the sector, thanks to the know-how of its founder, the former chief executive of Millenco. This background means that the brand, although young, is backed by substantial experience in the UK market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvantis gearboxes are unique in that they have a grooved deadbolt above the latch that is 30mm high and extends 25mm when thrown. Correct installation and operation require the precise measurement from the bottom of the deadbolt to the top of the latch (60mm) and the latch height (24mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese come as a double spindle with 92mm and 62mm centres. These gearboxes can be used for double spindle nightlatch functionality or a standard lift lever making them versatile for many types of door. The spindles are cross shaped but also accept a common 8mm spindle so it will work with existing hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen measuring for fitting, take into account the gearboxes are 220mm high plus a 15mm backset, and allow a further 2mm for locks with pre-fitted faceplates. Four screws are strategically placed to ensure that the gearboxes are securely attached to the faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvantis are proud to announce that they have the largest hooks on the UK market and provide unrivalled security. The chamfer design of the hooks pulls the door effectively to the frame, improving weather sealing and overall performance. Furthermore, the opposing throw of the hooks adds to the security features of the lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou need rollers for compression, to hold the door to the frame, to keep out dust and water. They might not add real security but they do help the door keep its shape. If the rollers are properly engaged with their keeps they will prevent warping of the door. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn conclusion, Avantis multipoint door locks offer an impressive blend of forward-thinking design, strong security features and compatibility. Making them an ideal selection for residential applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo lock the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe door closes and the latch catches automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to lock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo open the door\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlock the system with the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to release the lock points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith another quarter turn of the key the latch will be released.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eProduct Specification.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Avantis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePZ Centres 92 mm\/62 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Rollers: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2 Hints:\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDead Bolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch and Deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: 8mm Double\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanded: Non-handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocking Distance Inner: 1303 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOuter locking distance: 1535 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle 640 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 663mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop roller to spindle 768 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle to Bottom Roller 767mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial of Door UPVC, Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Avantis","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43346037604441,"sku":"DF-AV135","price":136.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AV135_1.jpg?v=1779519960"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-2-rollers-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-540mm-shootbolt-compatible","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 2 Rollers Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock (top hook to spindle = 540mm) - Shootbolt Compatible","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Avantis multipoint door lock is engineered for superior security and functionality, making it an ideal choice for UK residential doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its innovative design, this lock features the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Rollers\u003c\/strong\u003e: These assist in compression, ensuring the door is tightly secured against the frame, which helps prevent dust and water ingress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e: The largest on the market at 25 mm, these hooks are chamfered to enhance weather sealing and provide robust security by throwing in opposing directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Deadbolt\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measuring 30mm high with a 25mm throw, this deadbolt is designed for maximum strength and reliability, featuring 5 grooves for improved compression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e: Uniquely positioned below the deadbolt, this configuration allows for easy identification and installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Avantis 550 Series French door lock stands out with its distinctive latch and deadbolt setup, making it easily recognizable. Additionally, a narrow locking-position version is available to suit various door types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstablished in 2006, Avantis combines modern innovation with extensive expertise, thanks to its founder's background with Millenco. As demand for repairs and replacements grows, Avantis locks are becoming increasingly popular in the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor installation, the gearboxes are designed with precision, measuring 220mm high with a backset of +15mm. They can accommodate double spindle configurations, making them versatile for both front and back doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall, Avantis multipoint door locks not only provide exceptional security but also enhance the longevity and performance of your doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double Spindle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo lock the door\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn closing the door, the latch is automatically engaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle up to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo unlock the door\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTested to PAS24 \u0026amp; BS6375\u003cbr\u003eCorrosion resistance: BSEN1670:2007 Grade 4\u003cbr\u003eTested to 50,000 cycles.\u003cbr\u003eWe stock a range of associated products for Avantis multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLatch Reversal: Undo the screw in the latch to remove. Reverse, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Avantis\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: Select from the drop-down. How do I measure the backset?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\/62mm - How do I measure the centres?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFaceplate: Select from drop-down. How do I measure the faceplate?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRollers: 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Select from drop-down—What is the operation?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Non-handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1105mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1330mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight: 2000mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 540mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 565mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 660mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 670mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor precise measurements, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/835850256?share=copy\" href=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/835850256?share=copy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe backset is the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. Use a tape measure to find this distance, ensuring the door is closed for accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"How do I measure the centres?\" href=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/835850350?share=copy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHow do I measure the centers?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centers, find the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle. This is typically measured in millimeters and is crucial for ensuring proper alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"How do I measure the faceplate?\" href=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/850947101?share=copy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHow do I measure the faceplate?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe faceplate is the visible part of the lock that sits on the edge of the door. Measure its length and width to ensure compatibility with your door's cutout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"What is the operation?\" href=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/835851712?share=copy\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications ensure that your Avantis multipoint door lock fits perfectly and operates smoothly, providing the security and functionality you need.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Avantis","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43346037866585,"sku":"DF-AV235","price":171.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AV235_1.avif?v=1779520762"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-2-rollers-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-540mm-shootbolt-compatible-copy","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock (top hook to spindle = 645mm) - Shootbolt Compatible","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Avantis multipoint door lock is engineered for superior security and functionality, making it an ideal choice for UK residential doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its innovative design, this lock features the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e: The largest on the market at 25 mm, these hooks are chamfered to enhance weather sealing and provide robust security by throwing in opposing directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Deadbolt\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measuring 30mm high with a 25mm throw, this deadbolt is designed for maximum strength and reliability, featuring 5 grooves for improved compression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e: Uniquely positioned below the deadbolt, this configuration allows for easy identification and installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Avantis 550 Series French door lock stands out with its distinctive latch and deadbolt setup, making it easily recognizable. Additionally, a narrow locking-position version is available to suit various door types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstablished in 2006, Avantis combines modern innovation with extensive expertise, thanks to its founder's background with Millenco. As demand for repairs and replacements grows, Avantis locks are becoming increasingly popular in the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor installation, the gearboxes are designed with precision, measuring 220mm high with a backset of +15mm. They can accommodate double spindle configurations, making them versatile for both front and back doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall, Avantis Multipoint door locks not only provide exceptional security but also enhance the longevity and performance of your doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double Spindle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo lock the door\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn closing the door, the latch is automatically engaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle up to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo unlock the door\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTested to PAS24 \u0026amp; BS6375\u003cbr\u003eCorrosion resistance: BSEN1670:2007 Grade 4\u003cbr\u003eTested to 50,000 cycles.\u003cbr\u003eWe stock a range of associated products for Avantis multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLatch Reversal: Undo the screw in the latch to remove. Reverse, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Avantis\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: Select from the drop-down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\/62mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFaceplate: Select from drop-down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Select from drop-down\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Non-handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1305mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 645mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 660mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor precise measurements, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/835850256?share=copy\" title=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/835850256?share=copy\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHow do I measure the backset?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe backset is the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. Use a tape measure to find this distance, ensuring the door is closed for accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/835850350?share=copy\" title=\"How do I measure the centres?\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHow do I measure the centers?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centers, find the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle. This is typically measured in millimeters and is crucial for ensuring proper alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/850947101?share=copy\" title=\"How do I measure the faceplate?\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHow do I measure the faceplate?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe faceplate is the visible part of the lock that sits on the edge of the door. Measure its length and width to ensure compatibility with your door's cutout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/vimeo.com\/835851712?share=copy\" title=\"What is the operation?\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eWhat is the operation?\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications ensure that your Avantis multipoint door lock fits perfectly and operates smoothly, providing the security and functionality you need.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Avantis","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43346040979545,"sku":"DF-AV435","price":143.72,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AV235_1.avif?v=1779520762"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-645mm-shootbolt-compatible-copy","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock (top hook to spindle = 740mm) - Shootbolt Compatible","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Avantis multipoint door lock is engineered for superior security and functionality, making it an ideal choice for UK residential doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its innovative design, this lock features the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Hooks\u003c\/strong\u003e: The largest on the market at 25 mm, these hooks are chamfered to enhance weather sealing and provide robust security by throwing in opposing directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Deadbolt\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measuring 30mm high with a 25mm throw, this deadbolt is designed for maximum strength and reliability, featuring 5 grooves for improved compression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e: Uniquely positioned below the deadbolt, this configuration allows for easy identification and installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Avantis 750 Series French door lock stands out with its distinctive latch and deadbolt setup, making it easily recognizable. Additionally, a narrow locking-position version is available to suit various door types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstablished in 2006, Avantis combines modern innovation with extensive expertise, thanks to its founder's background with Millenco. As demand for repairs and replacements grows, Avantis locks are becoming increasingly popular in the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor installation, the gearboxes are designed with precision, measuring 220mm high with a backset of +15mm. They can accommodate double spindle configurations, making them versatile for both front and back doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall, Avantis multipoint door locks not only provide exceptional security but also enhance the longevity and performance of your doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double Spindle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo lock the door\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn closing the door, the latch is automatically engaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle up to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo unlock the door\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlock the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTested to PAS24 \u0026amp; BS6375\u003cbr\u003eCorrosion resistance: BSEN1670:2007 Grade 4\u003cbr\u003eTested to 50,000 cycles.\u003cbr\u003eWe stock a range of associated products for Avantis multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLatch Reversal: Undo the screw in the latch to remove. Reverse, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Avantis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: Select from the drop-down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\/62mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaceplate: Select from drop-down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperation: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non-handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1500mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 740mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: \u003cspan\u003eUPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Avantis","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43346041274457,"sku":"DF-AV645","price":128.72,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AV235_1.avif?v=1779520762"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-740mm-shootbolt-compatible-copy","title":"Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Avocet Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Avocet multipoint door lock is engineered for security and durability, featuring a robust design that includes 4 rollers, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is crafted in Avocet's Trivalent silver finish, ensuring both aesthetic appeal and long-lasting performance, with gearboxes tested to withstand 100,000 operations.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSash Lifter Device\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome Avocet locks feature a \"sash lifter\" device for optimal sash-to-frame alignment. However, since these are no longer available, we recommend replacing these locks with the standard versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset and Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost Avocet locks come with a 35mm backset, while the Affinity Bastion lock is tailored for composite doors with a 45mm backset. Although earlier models featured a single spindle and lift lever functionality, current locks are exclusively available in a double spindle nightlatch configuration. The centers are positioned at 62mm and 92mm, allowing for versatility in installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvocet gearboxes measure 218mm high plus the backset (add 15mm). The unique large cutout in the top corner aids in handle fitment, with screws located above the lever. The latch measures 29mm high, while the deadbolt is 34mm high, with an 82mm distance between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGearboxes are secured by arms connected with circlips, rather than conventional screws or rivets. While it is possible to remove a gearbox from a full Avocet lock, we recommend replacing the entire unit for optimal performance. Note that the design of the arms has evolved, making swaps between older and newer gearboxes incompatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo lock the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to engage the latch automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo unlock the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvocet locks are tested to BSEN1670:2007 Grade 4 for corrosion resistance and are designed to endure 100,000 cycles, ensuring reliability and longevity in various environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Avocet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 385mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1575mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 815mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Avocet","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43346048581721,"sku":"DF-AVO354R","price":51.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AVO354R_1_2.avif?v=1779522271"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-4-rollers-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 4 Rollers Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Avocet Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Avocet multipoint door lock is engineered for security and durability, featuring a robust design that includes 4 rollers, 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is available in a sleek Trivalent silver finish, with a stainless steel option available by special order for environments that demand extra resilience.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSash Lifter Device\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain Avocet locks included a \"sash lifter\" device for optimal sash alignment, but these are no longer produced. We recommend replacing these locks with standard versions for better performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset and Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost Avocet locks feature a 35mm backset, with the Affinity Bastion lock designed for composite doors offering a 45mm backset. While older models may have a single spindle and lift lever functionality, current versions are exclusively available in a double spindle nightlatch configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvocet gearboxes measure 218mm high, with a backset plus an additional 15mm. The unique cut-out design assists with handle fitment, as screw placements are above the lever. The latch and deadbolt heights are 29mm and 34mm, respectively, with an 82mm distance between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGearboxes are secured by arms connected with circlips, rather than conventional screws or rivets. Although it is possible to remove a gearbox, we recommend replacing the entire unit for optimal performance. Be aware that the design of the arms has evolved, making older and newer gearboxes incompatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo operate the lock:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to engage the latch automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnlocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability and Testing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Avocet multipoint door lock boasts corrosion resistance rated at BSEN1670:2007 Grade 4 and has been tested for 100,000 cycles, ensuring long-lasting performance and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Avocet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 790mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1420mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 575mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 660mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 670mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 750mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Avocet multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This is crucial for ensuring a proper fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor the PZ measurement, measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This will help you select the correct lock configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, determine the width and length of the existing faceplate on your door. This ensures compatibility with the new lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these steps, you can confidently select the right specifications for your Avocet multipoint door lock, ensuring optimal performance and security.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Avocet","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43346173886553,"sku":"DF-AVO354R2HB","price":76.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AVO354R_1_2.avif?v=1779522271"},{"product_id":"lift-lever-french-door-passive-lock-shootbolt-compatible","title":"Lift Lever French Door Passive Lock - Shootbolt Compatible","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Avocet Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Avocet multipoint door lock is specifically designed for the passive door in a pair of French doors, ensuring security and ease of use without locking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOriginal Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e This lock includes attachments for shootbolts and is available in a Trivalent silver finish, with a stainless steel option available upon special request for harsher environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Once removed from the door, Avocet locks are easily identifiable by their faceplates, typically stamped with the Avocet logo. Older models may feature the \"WMS\" logo. The unique gearbox shape, with a cut-out extending below the latch, aids in identification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfigurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Originally, Avocet locks came in various configurations, including hooks, rollers, and deadbolts. Recent updates have transitioned to stainless steel or Trivalent silver finishes, phasing out older yellow passivated steel versions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSash Lifter Device:\u003c\/strong\u003e Some models included a \"sash lifter\" for improved alignment, though these are no longer available. We recommend standard replacements for these locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Most locks are designed with a 35mm backset, while the Affinity Bastion lock caters to composite doors with a 45mm backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLock Functionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Current models feature a double spindle nightlatch configuration, with centers at 62mm and 92mm. If nightlatch functionality is unnecessary, the lock can still operate as a lift lever version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Avocet locks designed for PVCu with a flat 16mm faceplate can accept shootbolts, enhancing security options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 218mm high x backset + 15mm, with a distinctive large cut-out in the top corner for handle fitment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Measurements:\u003c\/strong\u003e The latch measures 29mm high, while the deadbolt is 34mm high, with an 82mm distance between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Notes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes are secured by arms connected with circlips, rather than conventional screws or rivets. While gearbox removal is possible, we recommend replacing the entire unit for optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e When measuring the backset, account for an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate. For instance, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure 32mm when detached from the strip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compliant with BSEN1670:2007 Grade 4, tested for durability up to 100,000 cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Avocet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Passive lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1955mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Avocet","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43346197348441,"sku":"DF-AVOCETSLAVE","price":94.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AVOCETSLAVE_1.avif?v=1779527671"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance and longevity of your Elite multipoint door lock, it's essential to understand its features and maintenance requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features of the Elite Multipoint Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle Spindle Roto Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for ease of use and reliability, this gearbox is compatible with various door types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Silbear Coating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Offering 480 hours of salt spray protection, this coating enhances the lock's resistance to corrosion, making it suitable for coastal environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentifying Your Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Look for the Elite logo stamped on the faceplate. The unique design includes a slot and a small hole for bolt-through handles, ensuring compatibility with various handle types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegacy of Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Originally manufactured by Roto-Frank, Elite locks maintain the same high standards and specifications, ensuring a seamless transition for users familiar with the MVD range or \"Roto mark 2\" locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications to Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearbox measures 200mm high, with a backset of 35mm or 45mm, depending on your specific needs. Remember to account for an additional 2mm for the faceplate when measuring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deadbolt projects 20mm, while the latch projects 10mm. The distance between the latch and deadbolt is 63mm, ensuring a secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Rollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Elite rollers can be adjusted by +\/- 1.2mm, allowing for precise alignment and optimal weather sealing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"list-style-type: none;\"\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and main deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli style=\"list-style-type: none;\"\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance Tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you need to reverse the latch, simply undo the screw adjacent to the latch, remove it, reverse it, and reinsert the screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular Checks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Periodically inspect the rollers and locking mechanism to ensure they are functioning correctly and adjust as necessary for optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy understanding these features and following the maintenance guidelines, you can ensure that your Elite multipoint door lock remains secure and functional for years to come. If you have any questions or need further assistance, don't hesitate to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufacturer: Elite\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBackset: Select from drop-down - How do I measure the backset?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm - How do I measure the centres?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFaceplate: Select from drop-down - How do I measure the faceplate?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperation: Select from drop-down\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 750mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1730mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight: 1775mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 810mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 920mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMeasurement Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the door is closed for an accurate measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Centres (PZ):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis measurement is crucial for ensuring proper alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Faceplate:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the existing faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure to account for any additional features or cutouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe operation of the lock can vary based on the specific model. Please refer to the product manual for detailed instructions on how to operate your Elite multipoint lock effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these guidelines, you can ensure that your measurements are accurate, leading to a successful installation of your Elite multipoint door lock. If you have any further questions or need assistance, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elite","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43346202099801,"sku":"FU856C135-DF","price":56.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/KMB353DB_1_2.jpg?v=1779528522"},{"product_id":"passive-lock-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-shootbolt-compatible","title":"Passive Lock Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock - Shootbolt Compatible","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Avantis multipoint door lock is a reliable choice for enhancing the security of your French doors, particularly for the passive door in a pair. With its unique design and robust features, it stands out in the UK residential door market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock is compatible with shootbolts and boasts a 16mm faceplate, making it versatile for various door types. The innovative configuration places the deadbolt above the latch, which simplifies identification and installation. The deadbolt's 25mm throw and direct drive mechanism ensure superior security compared to other locks, which typically offer a 20mm throw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvantis has quickly gained recognition since its establishment in 2006, thanks to the expertise of its founder, a former CEO of Millenco. This background ensures that even though the brand is relatively new, it brings a wealth of knowledge to the market, leading to an increasing demand for repairs and replacements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gearboxes of Avantis locks are particularly noteworthy, featuring a distinctive grooved deadbolt that measures 30mm high and extends 25mm when thrown. The precise measurements and unique design allow for compatibility with both double spindle nightlatch functionality and standard lift lever operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward, with gearboxes fixed to the faceplate using four screws, ensuring a secure fit. The operation of the lock is user-friendly, allowing for easy locking and unlocking with a simple lift of the handle and a turn of the key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTested to rigorous standards, including PAS24 and BS6375, this lock offers excellent corrosion resistance and durability, having been tested for 50,000 cycles. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor those looking to enhance their security further, a range of associated products is available, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories, ensuring that you have everything you need for a complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're considering an UPVC, aluminium, timber, or composite door, the Avantis multipoint door lock is a dependable option that combines functionality with advanced security features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Avantis\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select from drop-down \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\/62mm \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select from drop-down\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Passive lock\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select from drop-down\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor accurate measurements, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole. This distance is your backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This will give you the PZ measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure the width and height of the existing faceplate or the area where the faceplate will be installed to determine the correct size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese measurements are crucial for ensuring a proper fit and optimal security for your doors.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Avantis","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43351018405977,"sku":"DF-AV535","price":113.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/AV535_1_1.avif?v=1779767795"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock-1","title":"Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Elite Multipoint Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Elite multipoint lock is designed for versatility and durability, featuring a single spindle Roto gearbox that caters to a variety of applications. Manufactured in Europe, this lock is enhanced with a \"Silbear\" coating, providing an impressive 480 hours of salt spray protection, ensuring longevity even in harsh environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification and Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo identify an Elite lock, look for the stamped Elite logo on the faceplate. This gearbox includes a slot and a small hole below it, designed for bolt-through handles. Notably, Elite has taken over the production of these locks from Roto-Frank, maintaining the same tooling and specifications as the original locks, with the added benefit of the new Silbear coating. You may recognize these locks from our catalogues as the MVD range or \"Roto mark 2\" locks. While the gearboxes cannot be swapped with the original locks, a complete lock replacement is straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElite locks come in both standard and compact versions, suitable for shorter doors, maintaining a consistent handle height of 950mm while having an overall length of 1810mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Options\u003c\/strong\u003e:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e35mm single spindle lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e35mm or 45mm double spindle lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGearbox height: 200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: +19mm (account for an additional 2mm for the faceplate)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt and Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolt projection: 20mm, height: 32mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch height: 30mm, projection: 10mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between latch and deadbolt: 63mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentre Measurements\u003c\/strong\u003e:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositioned at 62mm and 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop spindle: 122mm from the bottom of the case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Functionality\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lock utilizes rollers to compress and secure the door against the frame, minimizing dust and water ingress. While they do not significantly enhance security, they help prevent warping by supporting the door's full height when engaged. Elite rollers are adjustable by +\/- 1.2mm for optimal weather sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to lock the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply undo the screw on the side of the lock case adjacent to the latch, remove it, reverse it, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock is commonly used in UPVC and aluminium doors, making it a versatile choice for various installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe also stock a range of accessories for Elite Standard multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and more, ensuring you have everything you need for a complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Elite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 750mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1775mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 810mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 920mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Elite","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43351155048537,"sku":"DF-FU856C135","price":56.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU856C135_1_4.jpg?v=1779773983"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-4-rollers-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-shootbolt-compatible","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 4 Rollers Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock - Shootbolt Compatible","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Elite Standard Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Elite Standard multipoint door lock is engineered for security and durability, featuring a robust design with 4 rollers, 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock serves as a direct replacement for select older Roto locks, making it a versatile choice for various applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-Piece Keep:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simplifies the replacement of hard-to-find or discontinued locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuropean Manufacturing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crafted with precision and quality, featuring a \"Silbear\" coating that provides 480 hours of salt spray protection, ensuring longevity and resistance to corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentifiable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Look for the Elite logo stamped on the faceplate. The gearbox includes a slot and a small hole for bolt-through handles, enhancing compatibility and functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegacy Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e These locks are manufactured using the same tooling as the original Roto-Frank locks, ensuring a seamless transition for users familiar with the MVD range or \"Roto mark 2\" locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in standard and compact versions for shorter doors, maintaining a consistent handle height of 950mm while offering a shorter overall length of 1810mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200mm high x backset + 19mm. Remember to account for 2mm for the faceplate when measuring the backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt and Latch Measurements:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolt: Projects 20mm, 32mm high.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 30mm high, projects 10mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between latch and deadbolt: 63mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentre Positions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 62mm and 92mm, with the top spindle positioned 122mm from the bottom of the case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Rollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rollers can be adjusted by +\/- 1.2mm for optimal weather sealing, ensuring a tight fit against the frame to prevent dust and water ingress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSalt Spray Testing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock has been rigorously tested to EN1675 Grade 5 standards, ensuring exceptional performance in harsh environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e We offer a range of compatible products, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories for the Elite Standard multipoint door locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply undo the screw, remove the latch, reverse it, reinsert, and replace the screw for easy customization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis multipoint door lock combines security, ease of use, and adaptability, making it an excellent choice for your door locking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Elite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1190mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1670mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 860mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 810mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive specification ensures that you have all the necessary details for selecting and installing the Elite Standard multipoint door lock, providing security and peace of mind for your property.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elite","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43351165730905,"sku":"DF-EDLS4R2H","price":81.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/EDLS4R2H_1.jpg?v=1779774611"},{"product_id":"latch-3-hooks-4-rollers-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Latch 3 Hooks 4 Rollers Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Hookbolt Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA Hookbolt multipoint door lock is engineered for security and reliability, featuring a robust design with 4 rollers, 3 hooks, and 1 latch. This lock is a popular choice in the UK market, known for its versatility and ease of installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand Identification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eERA locks may be stamped with various brand names, including Homesafe, Surelock, Saracen, Spartan, Duraflex, Supa, Westward, or Cego. It's essential to recognize that many companies rebrand ERA locks, which can lead to confusion. Look for the ERA logo on the faceplate, but be aware that some brands may have different markings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoldback Snib\u003c\/strong\u003e: The holdback snib color can indicate the lock type—grey for deadbolt and hook bolt locks, blue for Vectis locks. Note that some brands may use black or green snibs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e: This feature simplifies replacements, focusing on one locking function, except for the auto-locking SureFire locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Gearbox Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The ERA multipoint door lock gearboxes are square with no corner cutouts, measuring 221mm in length. They come in 30mm, 35mm, or 45mm backsets, all sharing the same dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eERA multipoint locks utilize two hook locking arrangements:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Hook\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ideal for tight routing situations, featuring one of the smallest hook cases available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Steel Hook\u003c\/strong\u003e: A larger hook case that may require modifications to the door for installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth hooks are bi-directional, enhancing security by throwing the top hook upwards and the bottom hook downwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRollers and Compression\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRollers play a crucial role in compressing the door against the frame, preventing dust and water ingress while supporting the door's structure. They are adjustable by +\/- 1mm for optimal weather sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance and Testing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA Hookbolt multipoint door lock meets BS EN 1670:2007 Grade 4 Corrosion Resistance standards (240 hours) and has been endurance tested for 50,000 cycles. It is designed to comply with PAS24:2012 requirements for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of associated products for ERA Hookbolt multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories, ensuring you have everything needed for a complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUndo the screws in the latch to remove it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReverse the latch, reinsert it, and replace the screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: ERA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaceplate: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperation: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 699mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1430mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2250mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 610mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 610mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 715mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 715mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your ERA Hookbolt multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor the PZ measurement, measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This will help you select the correct lock that aligns with your door's existing holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, measure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door. This will ensure that the new lock's faceplate fits seamlessly into the door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these measuring guidelines, you can confidently select the right specifications for your ERA Hookbolt multipoint door lock installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43351176020057,"sku":"DF-68350085AA","price":184.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/68350085AA_1.avif?v=1779775147"},{"product_id":"passive-lock-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock-interlocking-composite-door-version","title":"Passive Lock Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock - Interlocking Composite Door Version","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Passive Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA Passive multipoint door lock is designed specifically for the passive door in a pair of French doors, ensuring both security and ease of use. This lock operates without locking points and is compatible with the ERA 7145 deadbolt, providing a comprehensive locking solution for your French doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Passive Doors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for the secondary door in French door setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegration with Primary Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works seamlessly with a standard multipoint door lock on the main door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Locking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Utilizes shootbolts to firmly secure the secondary door leaf to the frame when locked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a variety of associated products for the ERA Passive multipoint door lock, including keeps, spindles, handles, and other accessories to enhance your locking system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e This passive door lock is unhanded and does not feature a latch, making it versatile for various installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApplications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for both timber and composite doors, ensuring a secure fit for your specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: ERA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackset: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentres PZ: 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaceplate: Select from drop-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Passive lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperation: Select from drop-down \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2120mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure a perfect fit for your ERA Passive multipoint door lock, here are some quick tips on how to measure the essential components:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the measurement is taken straight across for accuracy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis measurement is crucial for ensuring that the lock aligns properly with the handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf replacing, ensure the new faceplate matches these dimensions for a seamless installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these guidelines, you can confidently select the correct specifications for your door lock installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43351180607577,"sku":"DF-7545113579","price":125.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/7545113579_1_3.jpg?v=1779775598"},{"product_id":"vectis-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-split-spindle-flat-44mm-white-faceplate-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Vectis Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Split Spindle Flat 44mm White Faceplate Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: ERA Vectis Deadbolt Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ERA Vectis Deadbolt multipoint door lock is engineered for security and convenience, featuring a robust design with 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is versatile and can be identified by various branding, including Homesafe, Surelock, Saracen, Spartan, Duraflex, Supa, Westward, or Cego.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to replace GU, Lockmaster, and Winkhaus locks without requiring new routing positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Look for a 5 lever mortice lock key or a UK keyhole to confirm it’s an ERA Vectis. The holdback snib color can also be a clue—grey for deadbolt and hook bolt locks, blue for Vectis locks, though some brands may vary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e All ERA Vectis locks utilize a split spindle mechanism, simplifying replacements by focusing on one locking function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLever Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The same levers as the British Standard ERA Fortress mortice lock allow for keying alike with traditional timber doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Distinctive square design with no corner cutouts, measuring 221mm in length and a width based on the backset plus 18mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in 35mm or 45mm backsets, with all gearboxes sharing the same dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Specs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Features a 24mm high latch and a 30mm high deadbolt, with specific screw hole measurements for installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo lock, lift the handle to engage locking points and turn the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo unlock, turn the key and push the handle down to disengage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo hook locking arrangements: a standard hook for tight spaces and a larger security steel hook for enhanced protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBi-directional hooks for added security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability and Compliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Meets BS EN 1670:2007 Grade 4 standards (240 hours).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEndurance Testing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to withstand 50,000 cycles and compliant with PAS24:2012 standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a range of associated products for the ERA Vectis Deadbolt multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories to ensure a complete solution for your locking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply undo the screws, remove the latch, reverse it, and reinsert before replacing the screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: ERA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1395mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2090mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 728mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 667mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This will give you the backset measurement needed for proper fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor the centres (PZ), measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This ensures that both components align correctly for smooth operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, measure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door. This will help you select the correct size from the drop-down options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Details:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe operation of the lock refers to how it functions when locking and unlocking. Ensure to select the appropriate option from the drop-down based on your specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any additional questions or further assistance, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ERA","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 44mm - White Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43351185260633,"sku":"DF-9935901ZA","price":147.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/9935901ZA_1.jpg?v=1779776154"},{"product_id":"2025-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock-scandinavian-cylinder-version","title":"2025 Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock (Scandinavian Cylinder Version)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: FIX Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FIX multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust configuration of 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is versatile and can be identified by the FIX2025 or Yale stamp on the faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility and Replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock serves as a replacement for the FIX2150 and FIX2151 models, with some necessary adjustments. Certain models may have specific hook positions, and custom orders are available for made-to-measure options. Note that earlier versions of this lock utilized wedgebolts instead of hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured in Sweden, FIX multipoint locks are known for their unique configurations. The 2025 series remains the only model currently available, featuring two hooks spaced 1445mm apart. Previous models may have different locking point positions, and Fix offers a bespoke service to accommodate various specifications, which may require some modifications to the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModels:\u003c\/strong\u003e FIX 2025, 2150, 2151\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Primarily for timber doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres:\u003c\/strong\u003e 105mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat 25mm with round ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swedish oval cylinder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and the main deadbolt (if applicable).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, follow these steps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnscrew the 2 screws on the side of the lockcase nearest to the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the gearbox from the strip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwist the latch to reverse it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReconnect the case to the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a variety of associated products for the FIX 2025 multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and other accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock is suitable for various applications, including UPVC, aluminum, timber multipoint, and composite doors, ensuring a secure and reliable locking solution for your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: FIX\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1445mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1820mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 770mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 675mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler or tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, measure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle hole. This will help you determine the correct PZ measurement for your lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, measure the width and length of the existing faceplate on your door. This ensures that the new faceplate will fit seamlessly into the door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe operation of the lock refers to how the locking mechanism is engaged and disengaged. This can vary based on the type of cylinder used and the specific design of the lock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FIX","offers":[{"title":"50mm \/ Flat 25mm - Round Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43351190405209,"sku":"DF-FIX2025","price":242.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FIX2025_1_2.jpg?v=1779776575"},{"product_id":"856-type-4-latch-deadbolt-4-hooks-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock","title":"870 Emergency Exit Latch Deadbolt 2 Pins Panic Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 870 Panic Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 870 Panic multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and emergency exit compliance. This robust locking system features two steel round bolts, a latch, and a deadbolt, ensuring reliable performance in both public and non-public buildings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance Standards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Meets EN 1125 and EN 179 standards, making it suitable for various building types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmergency Exit Functionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows for easy exit from the inside at any time, while providing secure access from the outside with a key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two configurations are available:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWith Outside Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes a silver backplate and knob handle set for easy operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWithout Outside Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for enhanced security without external access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Door Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e A 3-piece lock is available for slave leaves, ensuring security behind false mullions with shootbolt extensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCylinder Requirement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always use a CES free movement cylinder to comply with EN standards for panic or emergency escape doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to lock the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePin Bolts: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1490mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Pin to Spindle: 729mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Pin to Spindle: 762mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Fuhr 870 Panic multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the door is closed for an accurate reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis measurement is crucial for proper alignment and functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the existing faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure to account for any additional features or cutouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these steps, you can ensure that your lock installation will be seamless and secure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Panic","offer_id":43351196336217,"sku":"DF-FU870T835","price":388.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU870T835_1_1.jpg?v=1780045691"},{"product_id":"859-type-19-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-2-hooks-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"856 Type 6 Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 2 Rollers Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock (2 part lock)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 856 - Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 856 multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust mechanism that includes 2 rollers, 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is primarily suited for UPVC doors but is versatile enough to fit various door types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLift Lever Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The unique lift lever function requires the handle to be lifted to engage the locking points, ensuring a secure closure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e While commonly used in UPVC doors, the Fuhr 856 lock is adaptable to different door materials and styles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Gearbox Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearbox is easily identifiable once removed from the door, characterized by its triangular shape and the name stamped on the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deadbolt throws 20mm for standard locks, with variations for 25mm and 30mm backset locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The gearbox measures 220mm in length, with a width of 18mm. The latch and deadbolt are both 31mm high, with a 61mm distance between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Locking Feel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The pre-fitted ball bearing and spring provide a positive locking experience, distinguishing Fuhr locks from others on the market.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Notes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr lock or gearbox, be aware of potential differences in latch height. Older models may have a 28mm high latch, while newer versions feature a 33mm high latch. If the original latch is intact, it can be reused in the new lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Considerations:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBifold Door Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Be cautious of 30mm gearboxes used in bifold doors, as they are not interchangeable with the standard 856 gearbox.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook and Roller Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fuhr hooks throw 20mm and are designed to throw upwards, while roller cams travel 19mm with an adjustment range of +\/- 0.8mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 710mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1060mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1410mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 765mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 720mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 340mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 370mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Fuhr 856 lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This distance is crucial for proper fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PZ measurement is the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. Use a ruler to measure this accurately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, determine its width and length. This will ensure compatibility with your door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSelect the operation type from the drop-down menu based on your door's requirements. This will help in choosing the right locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these measurement guidelines, you can ensure that your Fuhr 856 lock is installed correctly and functions optimally.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"30mm \/ Single 8mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43360543866969,"sku":"DF-FU856T630","price":202.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ Single 8mm - Lift Lever \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43351217635417,"sku":"DF-FU856T635","price":184.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU856T630_1_1.jpg?v=1780045315"},{"product_id":"859-type-17-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-2-hooks-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"859 Type 1 Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 859 - Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 859 multipoint door lock is designed for versatility and security, featuring a robust configuration of 4 rollers, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is suitable for all door types, making it an ideal choice for both residential and commercial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Functionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 859 series incorporates a split spindle mechanism, allowing for seamless operation similar to the 856 and 855 models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fuhr UPVC door locks are built on a common platform, ensuring compatibility across various versions. While the positioning of hooks, rollers, and locking points may vary, the core functionality remains consistent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Gearbox Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identifying a Fuhr lock is straightforward once removed from the door. The unique gearbox design, characterized by a triangular shape at the top, ensures easy recognition. The name \"Fuhr\" is typically stamped on the faceplate for additional verification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadbolt Throw:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20mm (14mm for 25mm and 30mm backset locks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220mm x width + 18mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31mm each, with a 61mm gap between them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Fixings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 screws secure the gearbox to the faceplate, with specific distances between screws for accurate installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Security Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFuhr locks come equipped with a pre-fitted ball bearing and spring mechanism, providing a more secure locking experience. This feature enhances the locking feel when the handle is operated, ensuring reliable performance. Be cautious of replacement gearboxes that may lack this essential component; Duffells' replacement gearboxes include these fittings for a hassle-free swap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Considerations:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr multipoint lock or gearbox, be aware of potential latch height differences. Older models may feature a 28mm high latch, while newer versions have a height of 33mm. If the original latch is intact, it can be reused by removing it from the old gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Note on Bifold Doors:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor bifold doors, particularly Smarts Aluminium doors, ensure you check for 30mm gearboxes, as these are not interchangeable with the standard 856 gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperating Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 699mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1510mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 780mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement: \u003c\/strong\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring proper fit and function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement: \u003c\/strong\u003eTo measure the centres, measure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This is typically 92mm for the Fuhr 859 lock, ensuring compatibility with standard door fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement: \u003c\/strong\u003eTo measure the faceplate, remove the existing lock and measure the width and height of the faceplate. This ensures that the new lock will fit seamlessly into the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications and measuring guidelines will help you select the right components for your Fuhr 859 multipoint door lock installation, ensuring optimal security and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"30mm \/ Split 8mm Spindle \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43360457228377,"sku":"DF-FU859SST130","price":193.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ Split 8mm Spindle \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43351217930329,"sku":"DF-FU859SST135","price":144.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU859SST130_1.avif?v=1780039596"},{"product_id":"859-type-4-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-16mm-faceplate-top-hook-to-spindle-730mm","title":"859 Type 4 Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock - 16mm Faceplate (top hook to spindle = 730mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 859 - Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 859 - Split Spindle multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and versatility, featuring 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is ideal for various door types, ensuring a reliable locking mechanism for your home or business.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Functionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 859 series incorporates a split spindle design, allowing for seamless operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for all door types, this multipoint lock is comparable to the 856 and 855 versions, with the main distinction being the split spindle feature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Gearbox Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identifying a Fuhr lock is straightforward once removed from the door. The unique gearbox shape, particularly the triangular top adjacent to the fixing screw, makes recognition easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRobust Locking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deadbolt throws 20mm, with specific models (25mm and 30mm backset) throwing 14mm. The gearbox dimensions are 220mm x width + 18mm, ensuring a secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Locking Feel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The pre-fitted ball bearing and spring provide a positive locking experience, distinguishing Fuhr locks from others on the market.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an existing Fuhr multipoint lock, be aware of potential latch height differences. Older models feature a 28mm high latch, while newer versions have a 33mm high latch. If the original latch is intact, it can be reused by simply reversing it during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and main deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of associated products for the Fuhr 859 - Split Spindle multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories, ensuring you have everything needed for a complete installation or replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, simply:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUndo the screw located on the side of the lock case next to the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the latch, reverse it, reinsert, and replace the screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis multipoint door lock is a reliable choice for those seeking security and functionality in their locking systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1490mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, measure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle hole. This is typically 92mm for the Fuhr 859 lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, remove the existing lock and measure the width and height of the faceplate. This ensures compatibility with the new lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Types:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe operation of the lock can vary based on the specific model and installation. Ensure to select the correct operation type from the drop-down menu based on your door's requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43351575691353,"sku":"DF-FU859T445SS","price":227.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU859T445SS_1.jpg?v=1779790501"},{"product_id":"855-type-4-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-key-wind-operated-multipoint-door-lock","title":"855 Type 4 Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Key Wind Operated Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fuhr 855 - Key Wind Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fuhr 855 multipoint door lock is designed for security and convenience, featuring a robust mechanism with 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This key wind lock is suitable for all door types, ensuring versatility in installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipoint Security:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock engages multiple points of contact, enhancing door security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey Wind Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Operated by a key, requiring two full turns to fully engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recognizable by its unique gearbox design, making identification straightforward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolt throw: 20mm (14mm for 25mm and 30mm backset locks).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGearbox dimensions: 220mm x width + 18mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch and deadbolt height: 31mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Notes:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentifying Your Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Look for the triangular shape on the gearbox and the name stamped on the faceplate for easy identification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Be aware of potential differences in latch height between older and newer models (28mm vs. 33mm). If the old latch is intact, it can be reused.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to engage the latch automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to retract the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn further retracts the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e We offer a variety of associated products for the Fuhr 855, including keeps, spindles, handles, and other accessories to complement your lock installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e To reverse the latch, simply undo the screw adjacent to the latch, remove it, reverse its position, and reinsert it before replacing the screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive overview ensures you have all the necessary information for the Fuhr 855 multipoint door lock, providing security and ease of use for your door systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fuhr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1490mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure a proper fit for your Fuhr 855 multipoint door lock, follow these measuring guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole. This distance is crucial for selecting the correct backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PZ measurement is the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. Use a ruler or tape measure for accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, determine its width and length. This will help you select the appropriate faceplate from the drop-down options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these instructions, you can ensure that your lock installation is seamless and secure.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUHR","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Key Wind","offer_id":43351596728409,"sku":"DF-FU855T445","price":294.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/FU855T445_1.jpg?v=1779793311"},{"product_id":"xl-lift-lever-passive-lock","title":"XL Latch Hook 4 Rollers Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Fullex XL Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fullex XL multipoint door lock is engineered for maximum security and reliability, featuring a robust design that includes 4 rollers, 1 hook, and 1 latch. This lock is ideal for homeowners seeking enhanced protection for their properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XL lock incorporates three hooks, two steel anti-lift pins, and the option for either two or four roller cams, ensuring a secure fit and smooth operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Spindle Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied with a double spindle gearbox, the XL can function as a double spindle nightlatch, providing versatility in locking mechanisms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Identification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Identifying an XL lock is straightforward. The faceplate is stamped with the Fullex logo, and the unique cut-out in the top corner of the gearbox distinguishes it from other locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XL range includes various locks with hooks, anti-lift pins, and rollers positioned differently relative to the spindle. Ensure accurate measurements against our product specifications for the correct fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtendable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each XL lock is extendable at both the top and bottom, allowing for customization. When paired with Fullex high-security shoot bolts, the XL door system meets PAS24 requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in 35mm and 45mm backsets, all gearboxes measure 227mm high plus the backset + 15mm. They attach to their strips with three equidistant screws, with the middle screw positioned 108mm from both the top and bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The upward-throwing hook is made from Dacromet coated A3 sintered steel, measuring approximately 23mm high, while the chrome-plated A3 hardened cast steel hooks ensure durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Functionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rollers assist in compressing the door against the frame, preventing dust and water ingress, and help maintain the door's shape. They are adjustable by +\/- 1mm for optimal weather sealing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the locking points and main deadbolt (if applicable) by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurability and Compliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated BS EN 1670 Grade 4 for 240 hours, ensuring longevity in various environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCycle Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tested for 200,000 operations, demonstrating reliability and endurance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Standards:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fullex XL hook locks meet Secured by Design requirements and are suitable for use on PAS24 compliant door sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Fullex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 719mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1409mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 690mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 719mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure a perfect fit for your Fullex XL multipoint door lock, follow these measuring guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis distance is your backset measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe standard measurement for PZ is either 92mm or 62mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and length of the existing faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure to check the thickness of the door to select the appropriate faceplate from the drop-down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these guidelines, you can ensure that your Fullex XL lock is installed correctly and functions optimally.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fullex","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43351602790489,"sku":"DF-XL354RSSF16","price":84.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/XL354RSSF16_1.avif?v=1780113384"},{"product_id":"europa-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-20mm-flat-faceplate-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Europa Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 20mm Flat Faceplate Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: GU Europa Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa multipoint door lock is designed for security and reliability, featuring a robust configuration of 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is equipped with a 20mm flat faceplate and is specifically available in a 45mm backset, making it ideal for timber doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSECURY Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e The GU multipoint door locks are part of the \"SECURY\" range, with the lever and split spindle operated versions branded as \"Europa.\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Types:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in lift lever or split spindle nightlatch operation, ensuring versatility for various door types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU locks are easily identifiable by the logo stamped on the faceplate. Older models may differ in style, so it's essential to check for compatibility when replacing locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility and Replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGU has transitioned from older to newer lock styles over the past decade. If you have an old lock, you may be able to repair it with a replacement gearbox. However, for a complete replacement, the new version can be installed, though some adjustments to the deadbolt and latch keep may be necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa locks feature a combination of hooks, deadbolts, and rollers. Depending on the model, locks may have inbound or outbound rollers, which can affect measurements. Always verify product descriptions for accurate specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHistorical Context:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroduced in 1979, the GU-SECURY multi-point locking system has evolved significantly, with innovations like the self-locking mechanism launched in 1996. The new style gearboxes offer a wide range of operations and backsets, ensuring compatibility with modern door designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 191mm high (excluding fixing lugs) and backset + 16mm wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch is 32mm high, deadbolt is 35mm high, with a 54mm distance from the bottom of the latch to the top of the deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Fixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes are secured with 3 screws, with specific distances between them for installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and main deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of associated products for GU Europa multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories to enhance your door security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor latch reversal, insert a flat-bladed screwdriver into the rectangular slot above the spindle and pull out the latch simultaneously. Reverse the process to reinsert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis detailed overview ensures you have all the necessary information to understand, install, and maintain your GU Europa multipoint door lock effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: GU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1395mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2100mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 735mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 660mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your GU Europa multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis distance is your backset measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis distance is your PZ measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the existing faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure to check the thickness to ensure compatibility with your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese measurements are crucial for selecting the correct components and ensuring a proper fit for your door lock system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 20mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43351619240025,"sku":"DF-63220204","price":123.83,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/63220204_1.jpg?v=1779795365"},{"product_id":"europa-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-2-inboard-rollers-lift-lever-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-726mm","title":"Europa Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 2 Inboard Rollers Lift Lever Multipoint Door Lock (top hook to spindle = 726mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: GU Europa Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust configuration that includes 2 Rollers, 2 Hooks, 1 Deadbolt, and 1 Latch. This lock is part of the GU \"SECURY\" range, known for its reliability and innovative design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipoint Locking System:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock operates with multiple locking points, ensuring a secure fit against the door frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in both lift lever and split spindle nightlatch options, catering to various user preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Identification:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU locks are easily identifiable by the logo stamped on the faceplate, making it straightforward to confirm authenticity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e While older GU locks may require specific replacement parts, the new style locks can often be retrofitted with minimal adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen replacing an old GU lock with a new version, some adjustments may be necessary, particularly with the centre deadbolt and latch keep. It's advisable to update the keeps to accommodate the thicker deadbolts of the new locks, ensuring optimal performance and security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa locks utilize a combination of hooks, deadbolts, and rollers. The rollers serve to compress the door against the frame, enhancing weather sealing and preventing warping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the deadbolt and locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to disengage the lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor latch reversal, simply insert a flat-bladed screwdriver into the rectangular slot above the spindle and pull out the latch while reversing and reinserting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of associated products for GU Europa multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and various accessories to enhance your locking system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConclusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa multipoint door lock is a reliable choice for those seeking security and ease of use. With its innovative design and compatibility with various door types, it stands out as a top option in the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: GU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 699mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1490mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 726mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 764mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 344mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 356mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your GU Europa multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole. This distance is crucial for selecting the correct backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PZ measurement is the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. Use a ruler or tape measure for precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, check the width and length of the existing faceplate on your door. This will help you select the right option from the drop-down menu.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these steps, you can ensure that your GU Europa multipoint door lock fits perfectly and operates smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever","offer_id":43351657545817,"sku":"DF-63259801","price":116.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/63259801_1.jpg?v=1779795844"},{"product_id":"europa-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-2-inboard-rollers-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-726mm","title":"Europa Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 2 Inboard Rollers Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock (top hook to spindle = 726mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: GU Europa Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust configuration that includes 2 Rollers, 2 Hooks, 1 Deadbolt, and 1 Latch. This lock is part of the \"SECURY\" range, known for its reliability and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock operates with a combination of hooks and rollers, providing a secure closure while also ensuring compression against the door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in both lift lever and split spindle configurations, the GU Europa lock adapts to various door designs and user preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU locks are easily identifiable by the logo stamped on the faceplate. For older doors, be aware that the lock may be an original style, which differs from the newer versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacement Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you have an old GU lock, it may be possible to repair it with a replacement gearbox. However, for a complete lock replacement, the new version can be installed with some adjustments to the deadbolt and latch keeps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLock Alignment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Most locking points will align with existing keeps, but some adjustments may be necessary, especially if transitioning from older to newer models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e New style GU gearboxes measure 191mm high (excluding fixing lugs) and vary in backset sizes (28mm, 35mm, 40mm, 45mm, and 55mm).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook Types:\u003c\/strong\u003e The locks feature two types of hooks: the slim \"flip hook\" and the traditional \"rhino hook,\" both designed for optimal security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rollers assist in compressing the door against the frame, enhancing weather sealing and preventing warping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the deadbolt and locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of associated products for the GU Europa multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and various accessories to ensure complete functionality and security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Night Latch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Depending on the manufacturing date, either undo the screws in the latch, remove, reverse, and reinsert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNight Latch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver into the slot above the spindle and pull out the latch while reversing and reinserting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis detailed overview ensures you have all the necessary information to understand, install, and operate the GU Europa multipoint door lock effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43351664918617,"sku":"DF-63260801","price":129.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/63260801_1.avif?v=1779796413"},{"product_id":"europa-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-20mm-flat-faceplate-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Europa Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks 20mm Flat Faceplate Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: GU Europa Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust configuration of 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, and 1 latch. This lock is specifically crafted with a 20mm flat faceplate and is available in a 45mm backset, making it ideal for timber doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSECURY Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e The GU multipoint door locks fall under the \"SECURY\" range, with the lever and split spindle operated versions branded as \"Europa.\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in both lift lever and split spindle nightlatch operations, these locks provide flexibility for various door types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU locks are easily identifiable by the logo stamped on the faceplate. Be mindful that older doors may have the original style locks, which differ from the current models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility and Replacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOld vs. New Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU has transitioned from old to new style locks over the past decade. If you have an old lock case (noted by a cut-out corner), you may repair it with a replacement gearbox. However, for a complete lock replacement, the new version can be installed with some adjustments to the deadbolt and latch keeps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Points:\u003c\/strong\u003e Most locking point positions will align, but minor adjustments may be necessary, especially if the new deadbolts are thicker than the originals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Points:\u003c\/strong\u003e The GU Europa locks utilize hooks, deadbolts, and rollers. Depending on the model, rollers may be inbound or outbound, affecting measurements and configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e New style GU gearboxes are available in various operations and backsets, including 28mm, 35mm, 40mm, 45mm, and 55mm. The gearboxes are distinguished by their design, with new versions featuring a vertical groove.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU multipoint lock gearboxes measure 191mm high (excluding fixing lugs) and vary in width based on the backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e To lock the door, lift the handle to engage the locking points, then turn the key. To unlock, turn the key and push the handle down to disengage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of associated products for GU Europa multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories, ensuring you have everything needed for installation and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Nightlatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Depending on the manufacturing date, you may need to undo screws in the latch, reverse it, and reinsert.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNightlatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a flat-bladed screwdriver to disengage the latch for reversal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further assistance or to explore our product range, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: GU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1390mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 660mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your GU Europa multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a tape measure and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This distance is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PZ measurement is the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. Use a ruler to measure this distance accurately to ensure compatibility with your door hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, remove the existing lock (if applicable) and measure the width and height of the faceplate. This will help you select the correct faceplate from the drop-down options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Types:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhen selecting the operation type from the drop-down, consider whether you need a lift lever or split spindle operation based on your door's design and usage requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further assistance or to explore our product range, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"45mm \/ Flat 20mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43351668392025,"sku":"DF-63261601","price":138.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/63261601_1.jpg?v=1779796766"},{"product_id":"europa-latch-deadbolt-2-rollers-2-mushrooms-split-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Europa Latch Deadbolt 2 Rollers 2 Mushrooms Split Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: GU Europa Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust configuration that includes 2 Rollers, 2 Mushrooms, 1 Deadbolt, and 1 Latch. This innovative locking system is part of the \"SECURY\" range, known for its reliability and advanced security features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit Spindle Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock incorporates a split spindle version, providing flexibility in operation while ensuring robust security through its roller and mushroom mechanisms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in both lift lever and split spindle nightlatch options, the GU Europa locks cater to various user preferences and door configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Identification:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU locks are easily identifiable by the logo stamped on the faceplate, ensuring authenticity and quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation and Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOld vs. New Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU has transitioned from older lock designs to modern versions. If you're replacing an old lock, it's crucial to check for compatibility, especially regarding the gearbox and locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment Requirements:\u003c\/strong\u003e When replacing old locks with new ones, some adjustments may be necessary to align deadbolts and latches with existing keeps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Steps:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lift the handle to engage all locking points, then turn the key to secure the deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turn the key to disengage the lock, then push the handle down to retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e New style GU gearboxes are available in various backsets and operations, ensuring a wide range of options for different door types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e The GU-SECURY MR system enhances protection against forced entry, while rollers assist in compression and weather sealing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessories Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e A variety of associated products, including keeps, spindles, and handles, are available to complement the GU Europa multipoint door locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaintenance Tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e For latch reversal, simply undo the screw, reverse the latch, and reinsert it. Use a flat-bladed screwdriver to assist in the process if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: GU  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 2  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMushrooms: 2  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 670mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1610mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2285mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 279mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 391mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Mushroom to Spindle: 749mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Mushroom to Spindle: 861mm  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis detailed product specification provides essential information for selecting and installing the GU Europa multipoint door lock, ensuring you have all the necessary measurements and options at your fingertips.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Split Spindle","offer_id":43351671439449,"sku":"DF-63277201","price":117.47,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/63277201_1.jpg?v=1779797226"},{"product_id":"europa-latch-3-deadbolts-multipoint-door-lock-fast-locking","title":"Europa Latch 3 Deadbolts Multipoint Door Lock - Fast Locking","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: GU Europa Plus Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GU Europa Plus multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security, featuring 3 deadbolts and 1 latch for robust protection. This innovative locking system is part of the GU range known as \"SECURY,\" with the fast locking versions branded as \"Europa Plus.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast Locking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Europa Plus lock deadlocks the locking points automatically without the need to turn the key, providing convenience and security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Locking Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e To engage the lock, simply lift the handle upwards. Unlocking requires turning the key, followed by pushing down the handle to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e GU locks are easily identifiable by the logo stamped on the faceplate. Note that older models may differ in style, so ensure compatibility when replacing locks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Europa range includes locks with hooks, deadbolts, or rollers, but the Europa Plus is exclusively available with a 35mm backset.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHistorical Context:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroduced in 1979 at the Deubau Trade Fair in Essen, Germany, the GU-SECURY multi-point locking system has evolved over the years, with significant advancements such as the first self-locking system launched in 1996.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign Differences:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew style GU locks can be distinguished from older versions by the shape of the gearbox. The new style features a vertical groove, while the old style has a corner removed. Compatibility is crucial, as these gearboxes are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes measure 191mm high (excluding fixing lugs) and are 16mm wide, with a latch height of 32mm and a deadbolt height of 35mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Fixation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed to faceplates with 3 screws, the distance between screws is 108mm from top to middle and 92mm from middle to bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage and lock the locking points without turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnlocking the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a comprehensive range of associated products for the GU Europa Plus multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and accessories to ensure complete functionality and security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch Reversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reverse the latch, insert a flat-bladed screwdriver into the small rectangular slot above the spindle while pulling out the latch. Reverse the process to reinsert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor any further inquiries or assistance, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: GU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1228mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2285mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Deadbolt to Spindle: 568mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Deadbolt to Spindle: 660mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor precise measurements, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Centres (PZ):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, determine the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. This is typically 92mm for the GU Europa Plus lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring the Faceplate:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, measure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door. Ensure to select the correct dimensions from the drop-down options to match your door's specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe operation of the lock can vary based on the specific model. Ensure to select the appropriate operation type from the drop-down menu based on your locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have any further questions or need assistance with measurements, feel free to reach out!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GU","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Fast Locking","offer_id":43351675830361,"sku":"DF-G1877222","price":155.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/G1877222_1.jpg?v=1779797599"},{"product_id":"c-ts-latch-deadbolt-2-rollers-2-hooks-multipoint-door-lock-master-french-door-lock-section","title":"C-TS Latch Deadbolt 2 Rollers 2 Hooks Multipoint Door Lock - Master French Door Lock Section","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Maco C-TS Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Maco C-TS multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and functionality, featuring a robust configuration of 2 Rollers, 2 Hooks, 1 Deadbolt, and 1 Latch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Introduced in 2012, the C-TS locks have replaced the older G-TS range, offering a split spindle function that allows for both lift lever and split spindle operation. This makes it a versatile replacement option for the G-TS series.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily identifiable by the Maco logo on the faceplate and the unique shape of the locking gearboxes, the C-TS locks ensure you have the right product for your needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in traditional 16mm and 20mm faceplates, with some models featuring a \"Top Hat\" faceplate for a seamless finish. This innovative design covers routing details while maintaining aesthetic appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Shape:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rounded shape of both the main gearbox and hook boxes sets the C-TS apart, with a notably compact size of 202mm high, making it one of the smaller gearboxes available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft Latch Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The lock features a unique \"soft\" latch design, which is split in half. Note that Maco offers various latch variants, so this feature alone may not definitively identify the lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Measurements:\u003c\/strong\u003e The latch and deadbolt measure 30mm high, with a spacing of 55mm between them. Installation requires careful measurement, allowing for a 2-3mm adjustment for the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecurity Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e The C-TS locks come with two hook locking arrangements: a standard uni-directional hook and a higher security hook with an anti-lift pin, providing additional protection against unauthorized access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Rollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Known as i.S. cams, these hardened steel rollers assist in compression, pulling the door against the frame to prevent dust and water ingress, while also helping to maintain the door's structural integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003elock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle upwards to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the locking points and main deadbolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo \u003cstrong\u003eunlock\u003c\/strong\u003e the door:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle downwards to disengage the locking points and retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEndurance Testing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Maco C-TS locks have been endurance tested to withstand 100,000 cycles, ensuring long-lasting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e We offer a comprehensive range of associated products for the Maco C-TS multipoint door locks, including keeps, spindles, handles, and various accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Maco\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Split 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1045mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1045mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1800mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 375mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 670mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 472mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 573mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Maco C-TS multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole. This distance is crucial for selecting the correct backset.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe PZ measurement is the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle hole. Use a ruler to measure this accurately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, determine the width and length of the existing faceplate on your door. This will help you select the appropriate option from the drop-down menu.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these guidelines, you can ensure that your Maco C-TS lock is installed correctly and functions optimally.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Maco","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Split 8mm - Split Spindle \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43354828210265,"sku":"DF-MCTS352H2REXT","price":99.97,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Split 8mm - Split Spindle \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43354828243033,"sku":"DF-MCTS452H2REXT","price":99.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/MCTS352H2REXT_1.avif?v=1779856472"},{"product_id":"a-ts-latch-deadbolt-2-hooks-automatic-locking-multipoint-door-lock","title":"A-TS Latch Deadbolt 2 Hooks Automatic Locking Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Maco A-TS Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Maco A-TS multipoint door lock is engineered for security and convenience, featuring a robust design with 2 hooks, 1 deadbolt, 1 latch, and 2 autolatches. This innovative locking system ensures maximum protection while offering versatile opening options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Locking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e The A-TS lock engages automatically upon closing the door, securing it in three places—two hooks and a deadbolt—without the need for a key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Door Seal:\u003c\/strong\u003e The locking system provides immediate and consistent gasket compression, effectively sealing the door against draughts and moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic Trigger System:\u003c\/strong\u003e A built-in magnetic trigger ensures all latches engage perfectly every time the door is closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The A-TS lock is compatible with the earlier Maco Z-TA model, allowing for easy upgrades or replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measuring 202mm high, the A-TS gearbox is one of the smallest available, featuring a unique \"soft\" latch design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatch and Deadbolt Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both measure 30mm high, with a spacing of 55mm between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e The top screw to the center measures 102mm, while the center to the bottom screw measures 110mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e When measuring the backset, account for an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simply close the door. The latches will engage the hooks and deadbolt automatically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a key from the outside or a thumbturn\/handle from the inside. A single key turn will unlock the mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeadlocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e For added security, turn the key to deadlock the mechanism after closing the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssociated Products:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer a variety of accessories for the Maco A-TS multipoint door lock, including keeps, spindles, handles, and more, ensuring you have everything needed for a complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock is suitable for various door types, including UPVC, aluminum, timber, and composite doors, making it a versatile choice for any security needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Maco\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutolatches: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Single 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1490mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1750mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 730mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium, Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Maco A-TS multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or cylinder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd an additional 2-3mm for the faceplate thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance from the center of the keyhole to the center of the handle spindle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure this measurement is consistent for proper alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the existing faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure compatibility with the Maco A-TS lock for a seamless fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese measurements are crucial for a successful installation and optimal performance of your door lock system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Maco","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Single 8mm - Automatic Locking \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43354834042969,"sku":"DF-MZTA352H","price":199.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm \/ Single 8mm - Automatic Locking \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43354834075737,"sku":"DF-MZTA452H","price":209.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/MZTA352H_1.jpg?v=1779858953"},{"product_id":"latch-3-hook-2-roller-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-710mm","title":"Latch 3 Hook 2 Roller Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock (top hook to spindle = 710mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Ingenious Professional Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ingenious Professional multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and convenience, featuring a robust configuration of 2 rollers, 3 hooks, and 1 latch. This lock is ideal for homeowners seeking reliable protection for their doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentifying Your Ingenious Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentifying an Ingenious lock is straightforward, but be mindful of a few common pitfalls. If the lock remains installed, check for the brand stamped on the faceplate. Some models may also display the Secured By Design logo. Look for a small black snib located below the latch; however, note that other brands like ERA and Kenrick may also have similar features. All Ingenious locks are characterized by a central hook that throws downward, distinguishing them from deadbolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor accurate identification, we recommend removing the multipoint lock from the door, especially if the brand is not visible or if it has been rebranded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngenious gearboxes are notable for their unique double spindle arrangement, with centers at 62mm and 92mm. Both followers are unsprung, so we advise using sprung door furniture for optimal performance. The top corner of the gearbox features a cut-out design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 230mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Hole Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed with 3 screw holes\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop to Middle: 110mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle to Bottom: 108mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook and latch, each measuring 30mm in height, are spaced 75mm apart. When measuring the backset, remember to account for a 2-3mm allowance for the faceplate; thus, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure 32mm when detached from the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConvenience Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngenious multipoint door gearboxes include a small plastic snib on the faceplate, allowing you to hold the latch back for convenience and to avoid accidental lockouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComparative Analysis\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile Ingenious gearboxes may resemble the Fullex XL series (also 230mm), you can confirm authenticity by comparing the hook boxes against reference images, as they have distinct features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHook Locking Arrangements\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngenious locks offer various hook locking arrangements:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typically throws upwards, regardless of its position on the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuplex Hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e A higher security option featuring dual cast zinc hooks that throw towards each other, resembling crab claws. The Duplex locks have a larger hook case, so if you're upgrading, ensure the routing on the door can accommodate this change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Functionality\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRollers serve to compress the door against the frame, minimizing dust and water ingress. While they do not significantly enhance security, they help prevent door warping by providing support across the full height of the door, contingent on the rollers being properly engaged in their keeps. Rollers are usually adjustable by 2mm for optimal weather sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperating Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Ingenious multipoint door lock combines functionality with security, making it an excellent choice for any entryway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ingenious\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHooks:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Gearbox:\u003c\/strong\u003e Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double 8mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non handed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1420mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1619mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2200mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Hook to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 710mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 710mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Roller to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 819mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoor Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor precise measurements, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Centres:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres (PZ), measure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle hole. This will help you select the correct lock configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Faceplate:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, remove the lock from the door and measure the width and height of the faceplate. This ensures compatibility with your door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications ensure that the Ingenious multipoint door lock meets your security needs while providing ease of installation and operation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ingenious","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ 1040mm - 1229mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43354884407385,"sku":"DF-ING353H2RF16EXT","price":70.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"35mm \/ 1420mm - 1619mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43354884440153,"sku":"DF-ING353H2RF16","price":78.47,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/ING353H2RF16EXT_1_18.avif?v=1779859543"},{"product_id":"duplex-latch-5-hook-2-roller-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock-top-hook-to-spindle-733mm","title":"Duplex Latch 5 Hook 2 Roller Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock (top hook to spindle = 733mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Ingenious Duplex Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ingenious Duplex multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and ease of use, featuring 2 rollers, 5 hooks, and 1 latch. This lock is ideal for homeowners seeking a reliable and robust locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentifying Your Ingenious Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentifying an Ingenious lock is straightforward. Look for the brand stamped on the faceplate, and check for the Secured By Design logo. If the lock is still installed, a small black snib below the latch can help confirm its identity. However, be aware that other brands like ERA and Kenrick may also have similar features. All Ingenious locks are characterized by a central hook that throws downward, distinguishing them from deadbolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the most accurate identification, we recommend removing the multipoint lock from the door, especially if the brand is not visible or if it has been rebranded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngenious gearboxes feature a unique double spindle arrangement with centers at 62mm and 92mm. Both followers are unsprung, so using sprung door furniture is advisable. The top corner of the gearbox is cut out for easy installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 230mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Hole Measurements:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop to Middle: 110mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMiddle to Bottom: 108mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook and latch are both 30mm high, with a distance of 75mm between them. When measuring the backset, remember to allow 2-3mm for the faceplate; thus, a 35mm backset gearbox will measure 32mm when not fixed to the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngenious multipoint door gearboxes include a small plastic snib on the faceplate, which can hold the latch back for convenience and prevent accidental lockouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHook Locking Arrangements\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngenious locks come with two types of hook arrangements:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typically throws upwards, regardless of its position on the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuplex Hook:\u003c\/strong\u003e Offers higher security with a pair of cast zinc hooks that throw towards each other, resembling crab claws. The Duplex locks have a larger hook case than standard hooks, so if you're upgrading, ensure the routing on the door can accommodate this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRollers and Their Functionality\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRollers are essential for compression, pulling the door against the frame to prevent dust and water ingress. While they do not significantly enhance security, they help prevent warping by supporting the door's full height. Ensure the rollers are engaged in their keeps for optimal performance. They are typically adjustable by 1-2mm for the best weather sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperating the Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to lock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA further quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Ingenious Duplex multipoint door lock combines security and functionality, making it a top choice for safeguarding your home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Ingenious\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1466mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1711mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 733mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 733mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Roller to Spindle: 846mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Roller to Spindle: 865mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Backset:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the keyhole or latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the measurement is straight and not angled for accuracy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Centres:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the distance between the centers of the keyhole and the handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a ruler or tape measure for precise measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Measure the Faceplate:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasure the width and height of the faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure to account for any additional features or cutouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese measurements are crucial for ensuring a proper fit and optimal functionality of your Ingenious Duplex multipoint door lock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ingenious","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ 1466mm - 1711mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends","offer_id":43354884997209,"sku":"DF-ING355H2RF16","price":93.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/ING355H2RF16_1_2.jpg?v=1779860093"},{"product_id":"duplex-latch-5-hooks-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Duplex Latch 5 Hooks Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Ingenious Duplex Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ingenious Duplex multipoint door lock is a robust security solution featuring 5 hooks and 1 latch, specifically designed for composite doors. With a 20mm faceplate, this lock ensures durability and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentifying an Ingenious lock is straightforward, but be cautious of potential pitfalls. If the lock remains installed, check for the brand stamped on the faceplate. Some models may also display the Secured By Design logo. Look for a small black snib below the latch for additional verification. However, note that other brands like ERA and Kenrick may also have similar features, so removing the lock from the door is advisable for accurate identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngenious gearboxes are characterized by a unique double spindle arrangement with centers at 62mm and 92mm. Both followers are unsprung, so it’s recommended to use sprung door furniture. The gearbox measures 230mm in height and is secured to the faceplate with three screw holes, with specific measurements between the holes for precise installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ingenious lock features a small plastic snib on the faceplate, allowing for convenient latch holding to prevent accidental lockouts. The design includes two types of hook arrangements:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Hook\u003c\/strong\u003e: Typically throws upwards, regardless of its position on the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDuplex Hook\u003c\/strong\u003e: Offers higher security with a pair of cast zinc hooks that throw towards each other, resembling crab claws. The Duplex hook case is larger, so ensure the routing on the door is adequate if upgrading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Instructions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to secure the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Ingenious\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; hookbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1466mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop Hook to Spindle: 733mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Hook to Spindle: 733mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: Timber, Composite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Ingenious Duplex multipoint door lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the backset, take a ruler and measure the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This measurement is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly within the door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres PZ Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor the PZ measurement, measure the distance between the center of the keyhole and the center of the handle. This will help you determine the correct positioning for both the locking mechanism and the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the faceplate, you should measure the width and height of the existing faceplate on your door. This ensures that the new lock will fit seamlessly into the existing cutout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy following these measurement guidelines, you can ensure a perfect fit for your Ingenious Duplex multipoint door lock, enhancing both security and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ingenious","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 20mm - Round Ends \/ Double Spindle","offer_id":43354894205017,"sku":"DF-ING355HR20","price":78.83,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/ING455HR20_1.jpg?v=1779860470"},{"product_id":"latch-deadbolt-2-pin-bolts-keywind-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Latch Deadbolt 2 Pin Bolts Keywind Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis keywind Glutz multipoint is available in a 60mm backset.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product specifications are as follows:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres (PZ)\u003c\/strong\u003e: 78mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase height\u003c\/strong\u003e: 205mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase depth\u003c\/strong\u003e: Backset + 29mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1788mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between pin bolts\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1534mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese dimensions ensure a precise fit and optimal performance for your locking system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Glutz","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43354918748249,"sku":"DF-18931R2060","price":299.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/18931R2060_1_2.avif?v=1779861068"},{"product_id":"latch-3-hookbolts-2-deadbolt-attachments-for-shootbolts-lift-lever-or-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"Latch 3 Hookbolts 2 Deadbolt Attachments for Shootbolts Lift Lever or Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003eProduct Overview\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Millenco Mantis 3 lock is designed for security and durability, featuring a 35mm backset that ensures a perfect fit for various door types. This lock is ideal for both residential and commercial applications, providing peace of mind with its robust construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres (PZ)\u003c\/strong\u003e: 92\/62mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height\u003c\/strong\u003e: 228mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e: Backset + 15mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1990mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Hook Bolts\u003c\/strong\u003e: 1100mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock combines advanced technology with user-friendly features, making it a reliable choice for enhancing your property's security.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Millenco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43354920550489,"sku":"DF-MA85009SA","price":164.93,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/MA85009SA_1_2.jpg?v=1779861265"},{"product_id":"z-ts-latch-deadbolt-4-rollers-flat-16mm-faceplate-multipoint-door-lock-key-wind","title":"Z-TS Latch Deadbolt 4 Rollers Flat 16mm Faceplate Multipoint Door Lock - Key Wind","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the Maco 4 Roller Key Wind Lock, a robust and reliable locking solution designed for enhanced security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis lock features a 16mm flat faceplate and is available with a backset of 35mm, 45mm, or 50mm, making it versatile for various applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentres (PZ):\u003c\/strong\u003e 92mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 218mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Backset + 17.5mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2200mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Inner Rollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 870mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Outer Rollers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1635mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lock is engineered for durability and ease of use, ensuring your security needs are met with precision.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Maco","offers":[{"title":"35mm","offer_id":43354945192025,"sku":"DF-230690","price":137.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"45mm","offer_id":43354945224793,"sku":"DF-230692","price":137.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"55mm","offer_id":43354945257561,"sku":"DF-230693","price":138.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/230690_1_3.avif?v=1779861500"},{"product_id":"3-latch-3-hooks-2-deadbolts-double-spindle-multipoint-door-lock","title":"3 Latch 3 Hooks 2 Deadbolts Double Spindle Multipoint Door Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Overview: Millenco Mantis 3 Multipoint Door Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Millenco Mantis 3 multipoint door lock is designed for enhanced security and ease of use, featuring a robust locking mechanism that includes 3 hooks, 2 deadbolts, and 1 latch, with provisions for top and bottom shootbolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maintains the classic 92mm centres while incorporating the unique hook and deadbolt locking points from the Mantis 1 and 2 series, but without rollers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThird Generation Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Mantis 3 represents the evolution of Millenco locks, now part of the Yale group, offering standardized measurements of 92mm and 62mm centres (PZ).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariants Available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose from three configurations:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 hooks and 3 deadbolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 hooks and 2 deadbolts with 2 rollers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassive lock version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Historically available with a 20mm faceplate, the Mantis 3 is now exclusively offered with a 16mm faceplate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIdentification Tips:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdentifying a Millenco Mantis 3 lock can be tricky. Look for the unique hook and deadbolt arrangement at the locking points and measure the centres to confirm they are 92mm\/62mm. Early versions may lack branding on the faceplate, so this method is crucial for accurate identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarlier Mantis 3 locks may have slightly different hook positions, typically within 20mm, allowing for compatibility with older versions with minimal adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGearbox Specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in a double spindle for lift lever or double spindle nightlatch operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackset:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed at 35mm, with options for either a hook or deadbolt in the main gearbox.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gearboxes measure 228mm high by 50mm wide. Hookbolt versions include a central hook bolt that throws downwards (30mm high) and a latch (30mm high), with a 78mm gap between them. The deadbolt version shares these dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEase of Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike previous models, the Mantis 3 gearbox can be easily removed by unscrewing three fixing screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Lock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the door to automatically engage the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift the handle to engage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the system by turning the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTo Unlock the Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the key to unlock the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the handle down to disengage the locking points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quarter turn of the key will retract the latch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Specification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer: Millenco\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle Size: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRollers: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeadbolts: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLatch: 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain Gearbox: Latch \u0026amp; deadbolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle: Double 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanding: Non handed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Inner Locking: 1100mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Outer Locking: 1316mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1990mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Material: UPVC, Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeasuring Guidelines:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure accurate measurements for your Millenco Mantis 3 lock, follow these guidelines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackset Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure from the edge of the door to the center of the lock cylinder. This distance is crucial for ensuring the lock fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentres Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo measure the centres, determine the distance between the two fixing holes of the lock. This will confirm if your lock aligns with the standard 92mm or 62mm centres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFaceplate Measurement:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMeasure the width of the faceplate where it meets the door. This will help you select the correct faceplate option from the drop-down menu.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOperation Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSelect the operation type based on how you intend to use the lock. Options may include lift lever or nightlatch operation, depending on your security needs.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Millenco","offers":[{"title":"35mm \/ Flat 16mm - Square Ends \/ Lift Lever Or Double Spindle Nightlatch","offer_id":43354946895961,"sku":"DF-MA84019SA","price":149.35,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/9035\/8617\/files\/MA84019SA_1_3.jpg?v=1779862578"}],"url":"https:\/\/metalix.co.uk\/collections\/multipoint-locks.oembed","provider":"Metalix Hardware","version":"1.0","type":"link"}